&EPA
United States        Office of Pollution Prevention
Environmental Protection     and Toxics
Agency          Washington, DC 20460        August 2004
        User's Manual
        for RSEI Version 2.1.2
        [1988-2002 TRI Data]

-------
         User's Manual for RSEI Version 2.1
                 [1988-2002 TRI Data]
          Economics, Exposure, and Technology Division
            Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics
          United States Environmental Protection Agency
                        August 2004
Version 2.1.2                                         1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004

-------
WELCOME TO ERA'S RISK-SCREENING ENVIRONMENTAL
INDICATORS CD-ROM

       EPA's Risk-Screening Environmental Indicators (RSEI) is a fast and effective tool that
       uses risk concepts to quickly and easily screen large amounts of data, saving time and
       resources.  RSEI users can perform, in a matter of minutes or hours, a variety of
       screening-level analyses. Previously, such activities would have taken days, weeks, or
       even months to organize the relevant information, evaluate that information, and perform
       the complex and sophisticated analyses that are necessary to provide a risk-related
       perspective. RSEI is particularly useful for examining trends to measure change, ranking
       and prioritizing chemicals and industry sectors for strategic planning, conducting risk-
       related targeting,  supporting community-based projects, and investigating environmental
       justice issues.  Considerable resources can be saved by conducting preliminary analyses
       with the model to identify risk-related situations of high potential concern, and which
       warrant further evaluation.

       RSEI permits full risk-related modeling for air (stack and fugitive) releases and surface
       water releases (from TRI reporting facilities and POTWs) only. However, all releases
       and transfers reported to TRI can be viewed from pounds-only and hazard-based (pounds
       weighted by toxicity) perspectives. This User's Manual provides instruction specific to
       the use of the current version of the model, and also describes some  additional functions
       that are not implemented in the current air- and surface water-only model.

       In addition to caveats listed throughout the User's Manual, there are several things to
       consider when running the current version of the model:

             When installing the RSEI model, please make sure that you sign off of your
             computer network (e.g., the Novell network),  so that the model will be properly
             installed onto your computer's hard drive. For local installation on a computer
             linked to a network, the user must have administration rights.

       •      Because the current version of the model is  restricted to the air and surface water
             modeling results, the full risk-related model results are available only for on-site
             fugitive and stack air releases and direct  surface water releases; risk-related
             results based on releases to other media (e.g., releases to groundwater) are not
             available.  However, with this version of the model you will be able to look at
             TRI pounds, modeled pounds, hazard ranking, and subcomponents of the full
             risk-related model results, e.g., (pounds x toxicity) and (pounds x toxicity x
             population) for all media.

       •      If you have a computer with limited memory, please be aware that when using the
             model, it may be difficult to use other computer applications at the same time.
Version 2.1.2                                                              1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  i

-------
       •       The model uses TRI release and transfer information for the time period from
              1988 to 2002.

              On-line Help Screens are available in the model, and present much of the
              information contained in this User's Manual.

       •       New users are encouraged to begin with the Easy RSEI interface, which provides
              quick and easy results with no experience required. The Tutorials provided in
              Chapter 3 of this manual are also a helpful introduction to Advanced RSEI
              functions.

       We would appreciate your comments  and suggestions on how this User's Manual may be
       improved upon to aid you, the user. Thank You.

       Contact:     Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics
                    Economics, Exposure and Technology Division
                    202-564-8790
Version 2.1.2                                                              1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  ii

-------
For More Information...
       Supporting analyses for the RSEI model are available in PDF format on the model
       website at www.epa.gov/oppt/rsei.  The RSEI Methodology document, which describes
       in detail the data and the algorithms used in the model, is also posted on the website.
       Since the RSEI model is continuously being updated and revised, check the website for
       updates, additional analyses, and help with using the model.  Also on the website is a
       new RSEI web interface called 'eRSEI,' which allows users to query the model data, and
       instantly see rankings and trends.

       Several technical appendices are provided with the installation program. These
       appendices provide detailed information on toxicity data, physicochemical data, exposure
       assumptions, locating facilities, stack parameter data, and the differences between the
       data used by TRI's Public Data Release and RSEI. The technical appendices, an Adobe
       Acrobat (PDF) version of this User's Manual, and a spreadsheet containing the toxicity
       data used in the model, can all be found on the RSEI Installation Disk.

       Online help is also available through the model interface itself.
Version 2.1.2                                                               1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  iii

-------
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR ERA'S RISK-
SCREENING  ENVIRONMENTAL INDICATORS CD-ROM


System Requirements

      To install and run the RSEI model requires approximately 2 gigabytes of free hard disk
      space.  At least 128 Mbytes of RAM is recommended.  Users must also have Internet
      Explorer Versions 3.0 or later installed on their computer to use the RSEI Help feature.
      For users on networks, administration rights are required for correct installation.

      It is important to remove any previous versions of the Risk-Screening Environmental
      Indicators model from your hard drive before you install this version. Instructions on
      uninstalling the program are in the Uninstalling RSEI section below.

      These instructions assume you are using Windows 95, 98, NT4, 2000, or XP. This
      version of the model will not work on earlier operating systems, such as Windows 3.1.
      To install under Windows 2000 or Windows XP, you must have administrator privileges.
      If you do not have administrator privileges, contact your computer support personnel.

      Previous versions of the RSEI model could be run from the CD without an installation on
      the user's hard drive. For  Version 2.1, extensive data enhancements have increased the
      size of the databases so that running from a CD is no longer possible, and all users must
      perform the full hard drive installation.
Installing RSEI

       1.      Close all programs and log out from any Local Area Network (LAN).  Put the
             RSEI Installation Disk in the CD-ROM drive.

       2.      The Installation Disk should begin the installation automatically.  If it does not,
             click on the Start button at the bottom left of your screen then 'Run.'  In the space
             after 'Open:' type in 'D:\setup.exe.'  Substitute the appropriate letter if your CD-
             ROM drive is labeled other than 'D.' Click 'OK.'

       3.      Follow the prompts in the installation process. Depending on the speed of your
             computer, installation may take up to 15 minutes.
Version 2.1.2                                                           1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                iv

-------
                                                             Installation Instructions
Launching RSEI

       When the installation is complete, the install wizard will ask if you want to launch the
       program. Click 'Yes,'  and the RSEI interface will launch.  Here, you can click on Easy
       RSEI, which is a simplified mode of operation that provides users with rankings and
       trend analyses at the level of the whole nation, an EPA region, or a single state. Easy
       RSEI is a quick and simple way to access some of the most commonly-used data in
       RSEI. It is also a great introduction to the kinds of information RSEI can provide. After
       the first launch, you can access Easy RSEI again by clicking the Start button at the
       bottom left corner of your Windows screen, then 'Programs,' 'RSEI,' then 'RSEI.'

       When you are ready, you can try Advanced RSEI.  A good introduction to the many
       functions in Advanced  RSEI is the three RSEI Tutorials.  They can be found in Chapter 3
       of this manual, or by clicking on the RSEI Tutorial button on the RSEI start screen.
       When you want to try the Advanced RSEI yourself, click on the Advanced RSEI button
       on the RSEI start screen. The model will then display 'Important Characteristics of
       RSEI.' Click 'Continue,' and the Advanced RSEI interface will open.  Advanced RSEI
       allows users broad freedom to customize their use of RSEI using maps, crosstab tables,
       sorted tables, filters,  and graphs. Users can look at national-level results or the results for
       a single facility or chemical.  Extensive help is available by clicking the Help button at
       any point in the model, or in Chapters 4 through 9 of this Manual.  Once you're
       comfortable with Advanced RSEI, click on the button in the bottom left of the Easy RSEI
       start page that says,  'In the future, start Advanced RSEI.' Then you  can access the RSEI
       Advanced mode by clicking the Start button at the bottom left corner of your Windows
       screen, then 'Programs,' 'RSEI,' then 'RSEI.' Advanced RSEI will  automatically open.
       If you ever want to go back to Easy RSEI or the tutorials, simply click  on the Switch to
       Welcome  Screen button at the bottom left of the Welcome to Advanced RSEI screen.

       Note that the way the RSEI model appears on your screen will depend  on your Windows
       settings, including your screen resolution.  If some of the displays  appear truncated, click
       on the Windows 'Start' button, then 'Settings,' then 'Control Panel,' then 'Display,'  then
       'Settings.' In the right-hand side of the screen, slide the levers under 'Display area'  to
       the right one notch.
Version 2.1.2                                                              1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  V

-------
                                                             Installation Instructions
Uninstalling RSEI

       RSEI comes with its own Uninstall program that removes the entire program, ancillary
       files (*.dll's), and accompanying databases. However, it will not remove the 'user'
       directory (so that any tables you have created will not be automatically lost) and the
       Borland Database Engine with its associated RSEI settings. You can delete these
       manually if desired. You do not need the CD-ROM to do this.  Click on Start-
       >Programs->RSEI->Uninstall RSEI and follow the prompts.

       The RSEI model can also be uninstalled using the Windows function under 'Settings.'
       You may need to manually delete the C:\Program FilesVRSEI folder and its
       subdirectories.  Do this by using Windows Explorer, open the view of the C: drive and
       dragging the C:\Program FilesVRSEI folder into the Recycle Bin. The disk space will not
       be freed up until you empty the Recycle Bin.
Version 2.1.2                                                              1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 vi

-------
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS
Welcome to EPA's Risk-screening Environmental Indicators CD-ROM 	i
       For More Information	iii

Installation Instructions for EPA's Risk-screening Environmental Indicators CD-ROM . iv
       System Requirements  	iv
       Installing RSEI	iv
       Launching RSEI	v
       Uninstalling RSEI  	vi

CHAPTER 1. Introduction to EPA's Risk-Screening Environmental Indicators        1-1
       Model Description	1-2
       Geographic Basis of the Model	1-4
       Components of the Model 	1-6
             Chemical Releases and Transfers  	1-6
             Adjustments for Chronic Human Health Toxicity	1-7
                    Toxicity Data	1-7
                    Calculating Toxicity Weights  	1-9
             Adjustments for Exposure Potential  	1-10
                    Stack and Fugitive Air Releases  	1-11
                    Direct Surface Water Releases  	1-13
                    Land Releases  	1-15
                    Releases to POTWs	1-16
                    Off-site Transfers	1-17
       RSEI Results  	1-18
             Risk-related results 	1-18
             Hazard-based results 	1-19
             Pounds-based results 	1-19
       Analyses That Can be Performed Using the RSEI Model	1-20
       Important Caveats Regarding the RSEI Chronic Human Health Model	1-21
             Release Component	1-21
             Toxicity Component 	1-21
             Exposure Component	1-22
             Population Component	1-23
       Strengths and Limitations of the RSEI Chronic Human Health Model  	1-23
             Strengths  	1-23
             Limitations	1-24
Version 2.1.2                                                           1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                               vii

-------
                                                                   Table of Contents
CHAPTER 2. Highlights of RSEI Version 2                                          2-1
       Detailed Data	2-1
       Extended Air Modeling	2-1
       Fully Integrated Geographic Capabilities  	2-1
       Flexible Query Options  	2-2
       Custom and Preformatted Display Options	2-2
       Enhanced Export Options  	2-2
       Fast Processing 	2-2
       Results for Subpopulations  	2-3
       Tribal Land Identifier	2-3

CHAPTER 3. Quick Start Tutorials                                                 3-1
       Tutorial 1. Evaluating National-Level Risk-Related Impacts	3-1
       Tutorial 2. State-Level Analysis	3-11
       Tutorial 3. Finding Facility-Level Information  	3-21

CHAPTER 4. Viewing Data                                                        4-1
       Category Data  	4-2
       Census Data	4-3
       Chemical Data	4-4
       County Data	4-10
       CountyExp Data	4-11
       Elements Data  	4-12
       Facility Data	4-13
       MCL (Maximum Contaminant Level)	4-17
       Media Data	4-18
       Off-site Data	4-19
       Reach Data	4-20
       ReachPops Data	4-22
       Release Data  	4-23
       SIC Table Data	4-24
       Submission Data 	4-24
       Weather Data	4-25
       WSDB (Water  System) Data	4-26
       ZIP Code Data	4-27

CHAPTER 5. Selecting Releases                                                    5-1
       Selecting releases (Select button) 	5-1
              Opening Existing Selections  	5-2
              New Selections  	5-2
                    Adding Selection Statements	5-3

Version 2.1.2                                                              1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                viii

-------
                                                                    Table of Contents
                    Deleting Selection Statements	5-7
                    'Special' Button	5-7
                    Saving/Opening Selections  	5-7
                    Submitting Your Selection	5-8
              Variable Descriptions  	5-8
                    Chemical Flags  	5-8
                    Chemical Properties	5-12
                    Chemical Identifiers	5-14
                    Chemical Toxicity	5-15
                    Elements	5-20
                    Facility Location 	5-21
                    Facility Identifiers 	5-24
                    Facility Industry	5-25
                    Facility Other	5-26
                    Release	5-28
                    Submission	5-29
                    Internal IDs  	5-30
       Examples of Complex Selections 	5-30
              Example 1  	5-30
              Example 2  	5-31
              Example 3  	5-31
              Example 4  	5-33

CHAPTER 6. Displaying Selected Facilities- The Selected Facilities Browser          6-1
       The Selected Facilities List  	6-1
              Changing the Grouping 	6-3
       Using Map Functions	6-4
              Finding a Location (Position)  	6-5
              Changing the Zoom	6-5
              Retrieving Information	6-6
              Highlighting Selected Facilities	6-6
              Showing Facility Names 	6-6
              Selecting a New Set of Facilities by Geographic Location	6-6
              Displaying the Map Legend	6-7
       Displaying Facility Information	6-7
              Locating the Selected Facility	6-7
              Displaying Populations  and Chemical Concentrations   	6-8
              Cells Button  	6-9
Version 2.1.2                                                               1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  ix

-------
                                                                  Table of Contents
CHAPTER 7. Snapshots of Selected Releases- Summary and Thematic Maps         7-1
       The Summary Button	7-1
             Total by Year	7-1
             Year by Media	7-2
             Chemical Rank	7-2
             Facility Rank 	7-3
             County Rank 	7-3
       The Thematic Maps Button	7-4

CHAPTER 8. Analyzing Selected Releases - Custom Tables                         8-1
       Creating a New Table 	8-1
       Loading a Table	8-3
       Modifying the Table View	8-3
             Using the Filter  	8-5
             Value Selected	8-6
             Options	8-9
                   Normalization  	8-9
                   Cell Display	8-10
       Graph	8-11
       Sorted Table	8-12
       Exporting Tables  	8-13
       Printing Tables	8-15

CHAPTER 9. Additional Information                                              9-1
       SIC Codes for TRI Facilities	9-1
       EPA Regions  	9-9
       Additional Facility Information	9-10
             Media Information	9-10
             Score Category Information	9-13
             On-site Chemical Information	9-15
             State Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) Codes  	9-16
       Glossary of Commonly Used Terms	9-18
Version 2.1.2                                                             1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 X

-------
CHAPTER 1
Introduction to EPA's Risk-Screening
Environmental  Indicators

       EPA's Risk-Screening Environmental Indicators (RSEI) model is a screening-level tool
       that assesses the potential impact of industrial releases from pounds-based, hazard-based,
       and risk-related perspectives. RSEI uses risk concepts to quickly and easily screen large
       amounts of data, saving time and resources. RSEI is particularly useful for examining
       trends to measure change, ranking and prioritizing chemicals and industry sectors for
       strategic planning, conducting risk-related targeting, and supporting community-based
       projects.

       Using estimates of pounds of chemical releases to investigate potential health and
       environmental impact is limited by the assumptions that all chemicals are equally toxic
       and all people are equally exposed. Formal risk assessments are more accurate, but are
       complicated and time consuming to prepare, requiring detailed data which are not always
       available, and the results are often limited in scope and geographic area. The RSEI
       approach augments estimates of pounds released with toxicity and exposure
       considerations, but does not address all of the potential factors that a full risk-assessment
       would include.

       RSEI considers the following information: the amount of chemical released, the toxicity
       of the chemical, its fate and transport through the environment, the route and extent of
       human exposure, and the number of people affected.  This information is used to create
       numerical values that can be added and compared in limitless ways to assess the relative
       risk of chemicals, facilities, regions, industries, or many other factors. The values are for
       comparative purposes and only meaningful when compared to other values produced by
       RSEI. It should be emphasized that the result is not a detailed or quantitative risk
       assessment, but offers a screening-level, risk-related perspective for relative comparisons
       of chemical releases.

       The RSEI approach is very flexible and can be implemented in various ways. The use of
       the model is not limited to TRI chemicals; in principle, the adaptable method can model
       any chemical if toxicity characteristics, physicochemical properties, release levels, and
       release location are known or can be estimated. The current version of the model
       addresses chronic human health effects and chronic exposures, and uses estimates of
       annual releases from  EPA's Toxics Release Inventory (TRI).

       As an indication of improvements in environmental quality over time, RSEI provides a
       valuable tool to measure general trends based upon relative risk-related impacts of TRI
       chemicals. Although the model results do not capture all environmental releases of

Version 2.1.2                                                             1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                1-1

-------
                                                               Chapter 1: Introduction
       concern, they do relate changes in releases to relative changes in chronic human health
       impacts from a large number of toxic chemicals of concern to the Agency. The model
       also provides an ability to analyze the relative contribution of chemicals and industrial
       sectors to environmental impacts, and serves as an analytical basis for further risk
       analysis, setting priorities for pollution prevention, regulatory initiatives, enforcement
       targeting, and chemical testing.

       The following sections of this chapter (Chapter 1) describe the RSEI method and the
       types of questions that can be explored using the model.  Chapter 2 describes the main
       features of Version 2. Chapter 3 provides three tutorials that will help the new user get
       started with commonly-used functions.  Chapters 4 through 8 describe the operations of
       the Advanced RSEI. Chapter 9 provides additional information that may be useful when
       querying the database, including SIC codes, score category codes, FIPS codes, and other
       TRI codes, and a glossary. This Manual is supplemented by Technical Appendices that
       can be found on the RSEI Installation Disk in a folder called 'Supporting Information.'
       The appendices present additional information on the following topics: toxicity
       (Appendix A) and physicochemical data (Appendix B) for TRI chemicals, exposure
       assumptions used in the model (Appendix C), locational data for on-site and off-site
       facilities (Appendix D), derived stack parameter data (Appendix E), and data differences
       between TRI and the RSEI model (Appendix F).  A spreadsheet detailing the calculation
       of the chemical toxicity weights used in the model is also provided on the Installation
       Disk.
Model Description

       The RSEI Chronic Human Health model calculates values that reflect the risk-related
       impacts on chronic human health of modeled TRI chemical releases and transfers. These
       values do not provide absolute measures of risk and can only be interpreted as relative
       measures to be compared with other such values (reflecting the direction and the general
       magnitude of changes at different points in time when analyzing trends, or identifying the
       relative contribution of variables in a comparative analysis).

       The model uses the reported quantities of TRI releases and transfers of chemicals to
       estimate the risk-related impacts associated with each type of air and water release or
       transfer by every TRI facility.  The risk-related impacts potentially posed by a chemical
       are a function of chemical toxicity, the fate and transport of the chemical in the
Version 2.1.2                                                                1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  1-2

-------
                                                                Chapter 1: Introduction
       environment after it is released, the pathway of human exposure, and the number of
       people exposed.1

       The RSEI model starts with TRI releases.  For each exposure pathway from each
       chemical release, the model generates an 'Indicator Element'. For instance, a release of
       the chemical benzene to air via a stack from the 'ABC' Facility in 1999 is an 'Indicator
       Element'. Each Indicator Element is associated with a set of results, including pounds-
       based, hazard-based, and risk-related results, or scores. The risk-related score is a
       unitless value proportional to the potential risk-related impact of each element.

       Each Indicator Element can be combined and compared with other Indicator Elements.
       There are countless ways that Indicator Elements can be grouped together to assess
       chronic human health impacts. For example, all of the RSEI results can be aggregated
       for each year to allow an assessment of trends in estimated impacts, or Indicator
       Elements can be grouped to allow users to compare results for facilities, regions,
       chemicals, and any combinations of these and other variables. RSEI does not perform a
       detailed or quantitative risk assessment, but offers a screening-level, risk-related
       perspective for relative comparisons of chemical releases.  The model does not estimate
       actual risk to individuals.  RSEI results are only meaningful when compared to other
       results produced by RSEI.

       The current version of the model calculates risk-related results for the air and surface
       water pathways only.  For other pathways, and in instances where information needed to
       model a release is not available, only pounds-based and hazard-based perspectives are
       available. In cases where toxicity weights are not available, only pounds-based results
       can be viewed.

       In addition, RSEI allows users to look at pounds- and hazard-based results using the
       same kinds of combinations and comparisons. For a detailed description of the RSEI
       model and components of the model, refer to EPA 's Risk-Screening Environmental
       Indicators Methodology (available on the RSEI website at www.epa.gov/oppt/rsei),
       which represents the most recent full documentation of the model.
       'The method is focused on general populations; specific individuals, particularly highly exposed
individuals, are not the focus of the model.

Version 2.1.2                                                                1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  1-3

-------
                                                                 Chapter 1: Introduction
Geographic Basis of the Model

       The RSEI model relies on the ability to locate facilities and people geographically, and to
       attribute physical characteristics, such as meteorology, to the facilities once they are
       located. To locate the facilities and the attribute data to those facilities, the RSEI model
       describes the U.S. and its territories2 as a 1 km by 1 km grid system. For each cell in the
       grid, a location "address" in terms of (X,Y) coordinates is assigned based on latitude and
       longitude (1 at/long).

       Each (X, Y) pair defines the center point of one cell in the grid. Using the (X, Y) pair, the
       boundary of each cell can be constructed with the four corner points: (X+0.5, Y+0.5) for
       the upper right corner, (X+0.5,Y-0.5) for the lower right corner, (X-0.5,Y-0.5) for the
       lower left corner, and (X-0.5,Y+0.5) for the upper left corner. The  equations used to
       determine the (X,Y) coordinates defining the center of a given cell from lat/long data are
       presented in the Methodology document.

       Once the grid system for the U.S. is established, facilities can be located in it.  The ability
       of the RSEI model to accurately locate a facility depends on the accuracy of the lat/long
       coordinates describing its location.  Each facility reporting to TRI is instructed in Form R
       to provide the lat/long coordinates of the facility, or, if the facility is large, the lat/long
       coordinates of a point central to the production activities of the facility.  These reported
       coordinates are of varying levels of quality, so, before locating facilities on the RSEI
       model  grid, EPA performs a quality assurance  procedure using the reported coordinates,
       other EPA locational data, and commercial geocoding services.3  The same equations that
       determine the (X,Y) coordinates of the grid cells are then used to transform facility
       lat/long coordinates to (X,Y) coordinates.  The facility can then be located in the grid
       system for further modeling.

       In order to estimate potential exposure, the U.S. population must also be geographically
       located on the model grid.  The RSEI model uses U.S. Decennial Census data for 1990
       and 2000 at the block level.4  In previous versions of the model, U.S. Census race
       categories were available for viewing on the map (not for calculating results).  However,
       due to  complications arising from changes in race categorization for the 2000 Census,
       race categories are not available for viewing in the current version of the model. The
       following sections describe how the U.S. Census data were used to generate annual
       2The model also includes Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, and the Northern
Marianis Islands.
       3Geocoding services were provided by Thomas Computing Services, Lantana, FL.
       4U.S. Census data were provided by GeoLytics, Inc., East Brunswick, NJ.

Version 2.1.2                                                                1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                   1-4

-------
                                                                Chapter 1: Introduction
       population estimates for age and sex, and how the unit of analysis for the U.S. Census
       (the block) is translated into the unit of analysis for the model (the grid cell).

       Population data. U.S. Census block-level data are used to estimate the number of people
       in each grid cell, as well as their demographic characteristics. Census blocks are the
       smallest geographic area for which decennial census data are collected. Blocks are of
       varying size, formed by  streets,  roads, railroads,  streams and other bodies of water,  other
       visible physical and cultural features, and the legal boundaries shown on Census Bureau
       maps. In 1990, there were approximately 7 million Census blocks. Due to boundary
       changes and increased resolution for highly populated areas, there were approximately 9
       million blocks in the 2000 Census.

       Block-level information from the 1990 Census and the 2000 Census5 are used to create
       detailed age-sex variables for each of the census blocks  in the US for 1990 and for 2000.
       The following variables  are available in the RSEI model:

       •      Males Aged 0 through 9 years
              Males Aged 10 through  17 years
       •      Males Aged 18 through 44 years
       •      Males Aged 45 through 64 years (Results for this subpopulation are not displayed
              separately in the  model)
       •      Males Aged 65 years and Older
       •      Females Aged 0  through 9 years
              Females Aged 10 through 17 years
              Females Aged 18 through 44 years
              Females Aged 45 through 64 years (Results for this subpopulation are not
              displayed separately in the model)
       •      Females Aged 65 years and Older

       Because the Census block boundaries have changed between 1990 and 2000, the block
       level data are first transferred to the RSEI model grid, which is unchanging, using the
       method described below in 'Mapping block populations to grid cells.'  Once on the grid,
       a straight-line interpolation is performed for each grid cell between 1990 to 2000 to
       create annual estimates of the population for each grid cell for each year.  The straight
       line is also extended to estimate population for 1988 and 1989, and for 2001 and 2002.
       5For 1990, not all of the variables were available at the block level. For those variables that were only
available at the block group level, block group ratios were calculated and applied to the data at the block level. For
2000, all of the required data were available at the block level.

Version 2.1.2                                                                 1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  1-5

-------
                                                               Chapter 1: Introduction
       Puerto Rico and Territories. For Puerto Rico, mapping limitations dictated the use of
       block group data rather than block level data for 1990 (shapefiles were not available at
       the lower level of resolution). However, block level data were used for 2000.  For the
       U.S. Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam,  and the Northern Mariana Islands,
       mapping was limited to whole-island areas or county equivalents, so the population data
       are also  at this level of detail. The population  is assumed to be distributed evenly
       through  each whole-island area or county equivalent.  Detailed demographic data were
       not available, so Census Bureau estimates of age and sex ratios for 2000 were used
       instead,  and applied to actual 1990 and 2000 Census totals.

       Mapping block populations to grid cells.  Once annual detailed demographic data sets are
       created,  the model translates the data from Census blocks to the model's 1 km  by 1 km
       grid cells. The Census provides the  geometry  for each block in the Topologically
       Integrated Geographic Encoding and Referencing (TIGER) geographic database.  The
       boundaries and area for each block were derived from the TIGER database. The location
       of each grid cell is defined by its four corner points, calculated from its (X,Y)
       coordinates. The RSEI model uses the derived block boundary files to map each block to
       its corresponding cells in the grid according to the portion of the block's total area that
       falls within each cell.  The area of a  block that falls within a grid cell is divided by the
       total area for that block, then that fraction is multiplied by the block's population and
       subpopulations to determine its contribution to the grid cell's population. If more than
       one block overlays a grid cell, then the populations contributed by the multiple blocks are
       summed.
Components of the Model

       Once facilities and people are located on the model's grid, three main components are
       used to compute risk-related impacts in the RSEI model.  These components are:

             the quantity of chemicals released or transferred;
             adjustments for chronic human health toxicity; and
       •      adjustments for exposure potential and population size.

       These components and the method used to combine them are described in the following
       sections.

       Chemical Releases and Transfers
       The model uses information on facilities' chemical releases and transfers from these
       facilities to off-site facilities (such as sewage treatment plants and incinerators) to model
Version 2.1.2                                                               1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  1-6

-------
                                                                 Chapter 1: Introduction
       risk-related impacts. These releases are reported by facilities to the Toxics Release
       Inventory (TRI), as mandated by the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-
       Know Act (EPCRA). As of the 2002 reporting year, there are 612 TRI chemicals and
       chemical categories listed.  Users can view pounds of chemicals released per year
       (pounds-based results) for any combination of variables included in the model.

       Adjustments for Chronic Human Health  Toxicity
       The model is based on current EPA methodologies for assessing toxicity.  The method
       EPA has chosen for assigning toxicity weights to chemicals is clear and reproducible,
       based upon easily accessible and publicly available information, and uses expert EPA-
       wide judgments to the greatest extent possible.  RSEI reflects the toxicities of chemicals
       relative to one another using a continuous system of numerical weights. Toxicity
       weights for chemicals increase as the toxicological potential to cause chronic human
       health effects  increases.  Toxicity-adjusted releases are called "hazard-based results" and
       provide an alternative perspective to pounds-based or full risk-related results, and are
       especially valuable when necessary data for risk-related modeling are not available.

              •      Toxicity Data

       Values developed by EPA experts are used to differentiate the degrees and types of
       toxicity of chemicals, and rank them in a consistent manner. Values called Oral Slope
       Factors and Inhalation Unit Risks6 provide information pertaining to toxicity for
       chemicals that may cause cancer. Reference  Doses (RfDs) and Reference Concentrations
       (RfCs) provide toxicity information related to noncancer effects.7 Where these values are
       not available from EPA, other data sources may be used.
       The following data sources are used, in the order of preference:

              EPA's Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS);
       •      EPA Office of Pesticide Programs' Toxicity Tracking Reports (OPP);
              Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry final, published chronic
              MRLs (ATSDR);
       6The Oral Slope Factor represents the upper-bound (approximating a 95% confidence limit) estimate of the
slope of the dose-response curve in the low-dose region for carcinogens. The units of the slope factor are usually
expressed as (mg/kg-day)"'. The Inhalation Unit Risk is the upper-bound excess lifetime cancer risk estimated to
result from continuous exposure to an agent at a concentration of 1 ug/m3 in air.
       7RfDs and RfCs are estimates (with uncertainty spanning perhaps an order of magnitude) of daily exposure
[RfD], or continuous inhalation exposure [RfC], to the human population (including sensitive subgroups) that is
likely to be without an appreciable risk of deleterious noncancer effects during a lifetime.

Version 2.1.2                                                                 1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  1-7

-------
                                                               Chapter 1: Introduction
       •      California Environmental Protection Agency's Office of Environmental Health
              Hazard Assessment final, published toxicity values (Cal/EPA);
       •      EPA's Health Effects Assessment Summary Tables (HEAST); and
       •      Final Derived/Interim Derived Toxicity Weights (Derived) estimated by EPA's
              Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics.

       The data sources are used in a tiered fashion. The first tier consists of IRIS and OPP.
       The most recent data for each chemical's chronic human health endpoint is used.  If the
       dates are comparable, preference is given to IRIS. The second tier consists of ATSDR
       and Cal/EPA.  Again, the most recent source of the two is used for any chemical's
       chronic human health endpoint not found in the first tier. In the absence of data from
       first or second  tier sources for an individual chronic health endpoint, the following data
       sources are used, in the order of preference: HEAST, Final/Interim Derived, and IRIS
       values previously used in toxicity weighting, but withdrawn  pending revision.

       For chemicals with carcinogenicity risk values, Weight of Evidence (WOE)8 values were
       obtained using the same data source hierarchy.  Therefore, preference was given to
       WOE's from IRIS or OPP. As a general rule, chemicals with cancer potency factors
       from IRIS or OPP will also have WOEs.  CalEPA, however, references either EPA or
       IARC for WOE designations. Therefore, in the absence of an EPA consensus WOE,
       WOE's were obtained from the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC).
       However, due to the differences in WOE definition, it is not  always possible to translate
       IARC WOE's into EPA WOE's without examining the toxicity data.  WOE's were
       matched in the following way:

       •      IARC Group 1 = EPA Group A (Human Carcinogen)
       •      IARC Group 2A = EPA Group B  (Probable Human  Carcinogen)
              IARC Group 2B = EPA Group B or EPA Group C (Possible Carcinogen)
       •      IARC Group 3 = EPA Group D (Not Classifiable as to Human Carcinogenicity)
       •      IARC Group 4 = EPA Group E (Evidence of Non-Carcinogenicity)
       8Based on the quality and adequacy of data on carcinogenicity, EPA places a chemical in one of the
following five weight of evidence categories, as specified in 51 FR 33996:
              A     Carcinogenic to humans
              B     Probable carcinogen
                    B1    Indicates limited human evidence
                    B2    Indicates sufficient evidence in animals and inadequate or no evidence in
                           humans
              C     Possible carcinogen
              D     Not classifiable
              E     Evidence of non-carcinogenicity

Version 2.1.2                                                               1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  1-8

-------
                                                               Chapter 1: Introduction
       The IARC 2B designation is not easily translated to the EPA designation, and spans EPA
       Groups B and C. This is a particularly important distinction because the use of a B2 or C
       designation will affect the calculation of the toxicity weight (see below).  Therefore, for
       the chemicals with IARC 2B designations, summaries of the toxicity data used to
       generate the oral slope factor or inhalation unit risk were evaluated to derive WOEs.
       Since these are primarily chemicals with data from CalEPA, the CalEPA "Technical
       Support Document for Describing Available Cancer Potency Factors" was used for the
       background information.

              •D    Calculating Toxicity Weights

       The RSEI toxicity scoring method separately evaluates exposure routes (inhalation and
       oral) and classes of effects (cancer and noncancer). For each route, chemicals are scored
       based on their single most sensitive adverse effect. Except for the cancer/noncancer
       distinction, the toxicity weighting methodology does not distinguish between chemicals
       based on type or target of effect (e.g., neurotoxicity vs. developmental toxicity), nor does
       it address multiple effects which may be exhibited by a chemical. When values are
       available for only one route of exposure, ordinarily the same toxicity weight is applied to
       reflect the potential for both inhalation and oral toxicity, provided there is no evidence
       the effects are route-specific or limited to the portal of entry into the body.  Specifically,
       in rare instances, toxicity  studies are available to show a given chemical causes no health
       effects by one exposure route. In these instances,  a toxicity weight is assigned only to
       the route that results in chronic human health effects.

       In the RSEI methodology, the following algorithms are used to assign toxicity weights:
        non-carcinogens:                  0.5/RfD (mg/kg-day)  or  1.8 RfC (mg/m3)

        carcinogens (WOE categories A    Oral Slope Factor (risk per mg/kg-day)/
        andB):                           0.0005  or
                                         Inhalation Unit Risk (risk per mg/m3)/
                                         0.00014

        carcinogens                       Oral Slope Factor (risk per mg/kg-day)/
        (WOE category C):                (0.0005 * 10)  or
                                         Inhalation Unit Risk (risk per mg/m3)/
                                         (0.00014 * 10)

       These constants maintain the equivalency between cancer and noncancer scores that was
       established in the Hazard Ranking System (HRS)  scoring methodology used in EPA's

Version 2.1.2                                                                1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  1-9

-------
                                                                Chapter 1: Introduction
       Superfund program.9 When combining cancer and noncancer endpoints, it is assumed
       that exposure at the level of the RfD is equivalent to a 2.5 x 10"4 cancer risk.

       The distribution of toxicity values for TRI chemicals corresponds to a range of toxicity
       weights of approximately 0.01 to 1,000,000. However, toxicity weights are not bounded.
       Continuous toxicity weights are expressed as values with two significant figures.

       There are 612 chemicals and chemical categories on the 2002 TRI Chemical List.
       Toxicity weights are available for 429 of these chemicals and chemical categories.  The
       429 chemicals with toxicity weights account for over 99% of the reported pounds for all
       on-site releases in 2002.

       More information on the toxicity  data used in the model can be found in Technical
       Appendix A.  A complete discussion of the methods used in these evaluations, as well as
       the chemical-by-chemical data summaries and score assignments, are provided the
       Toxicity Weighting Methodology document, which can be found on the RSEI website.10
       Adjustments for Exposure Potential
       Quantitatively, exposure potential is estimated using a "surrogate" dose.  To estimate the
       surrogate dose, a separate exposure evaluation is conducted for each pathway-specific
       chemical emission. The exposure evaluations use models that incorporate data on media-
       and pathway-specific chemical releases and transfers, physicochemical properties and,
       where available, site characteristics, to estimate the ambient chemical concentration in
       the medium into which the chemical is released or transferred.  The ambient
       concentrations are combined with human exposure assumptions and estimates of exposed
       population size specific to age and sex. Specific exposure factors are  discussed in each
       section below.

       The algorithms for calculating surrogate doses rely on the ability to locate facilities and
       people geographically on the 1  km by 1 km grid cell system described earlier. While this
       method uses the EPA exposure assessment paradigm to evaluate exposure potential, the
       results should not be construed as an actual numerical  estimate of dose resulting from
       TRI releases because limited facility-specific data and the use of models that rely on
       default values for many parameters prevent the calculation of an actual dose. Instead, the
       purpose of the methodology is to generate as accurate  a surrogate dose as possible
       9U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 1990b. Hazard Ranking System: Final Rule. 55 Federal
Register 241. pp. 51532-51667.
       10 www.epa.gov/oppt/rsei.

Version 2.1.2                                                                1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  1-10

-------
                                                               Chapter 1: Introduction
       without conducting an in-depth risk assessment. The estimates of surrogate doses from
       releases of TRI chemicals are relative to the surrogate doses resulting from other
       releases included in the model.

       The sections below discuss each of the exposure pathways included in the model. Please
       note that not all pathways are currently modeled in the RSEI model. For pathways that
       are not modeled,  risk-related results are not available, but users can examine results from
       pounds-based and hazard-based perspectives.

              •D    Stack and Fugitive Air Releases

       This method uses algorithms from the Industrial Source Complex Long Term (ISCLT)
       model developed by the Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards (OAQPS). ISCLT
       is a steady-state Gaussian plume model used to estimate long-term  pollutant
       concentrations downwind of a stack or area source. The concentration is a function of
       facility-specific parameters (such as stack height and diameter), meteorology, and
       chemical-specific, first-order air decay rates.  The  air decay rates are based on either
       photooxidation or, in rare cases, hydrolysis in air.

       In the RSEI model, each facility is located in a 1 km by  1 km grid cell based on its
       reported lat/long.  For simplification, the model places the facility at the center of the grid
       cell where it is located.  However, the facility  may be up to 707 m from the center of the
       grid cell.  (707 m is calculated as the hypotenuse of an isosceles triangle with both sides
       of length 500m.)

       The ISCLT model then uses meteorological and chemical-specific decay rates to estimate
       the air concentrations at small  intervals in a 101 km by 101 km area [i.e. 50 km in each
       cardinal direction of the compass] surrounding the grid cell containing the facility. Air
       concentrations are calculated at 1 km increments from 0.5 km to 9.5 km away from the
       facility, and at 4 km increments from 10.5 to 49.5 km away from the facility. Each
       concentration is calculated at the midpoint of the edge closest to the source in the center
       cell.  For the center cell in which the facility is located, the RSEI model splits the center
       cell into 401 sub-cells (each sub-cell is 50 m by 50 m), and assigns the average
       concentration of these sub-cells to the 1 km by 1 km center cell.

       Stack height data were obtained from the AIRS Facility Subsystem (AFS) within the
       Aerometric Information Retrieval System (AIRS), the National Emission Trends (NET)
       Database, and databases from three individual states (California, New York, and
       Wisconsin).  For each TRI facility that had stack height data in one or more of these
       sources, the median height of all stacks at the  facility is used in the RSEI model.  For the
       TRI facilities which had no stack height data in these sources, a Standard Industrial

Version 2.1.2                                                               1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                1-11

-------
                                                                Chapter 1: Introduction
       Classification (SIC) code-based median stack height is assigned to the facility.  The SIC
       code-based stack height is estimated from data in AFS and the NET Database for
       facilities in the appropriate 3-digit SIC code or in the 2-digit SIC code if the 3-digit SIC
       code is unavailable (based on the TRI facility's primary SIC Code). If no 2-digit SIC
       code is available, the median of all stack heights with TRI-reportable SIC codes is used.

       For both stack diameter and exit gas velocity, the RSEI model uses the same data
       sources, criteria, and statistical methods described above for stack height data.
       Specifically, the model uses either the median value of all stacks for TRI facilities with
       this information or a SIC  code-based median value for facilities without the appropriate
       stack data.  Exit gas velocity data are obtained from AFS, NET, and state-specific
       databases.  Stack diameter data are obtained from AFS and NET.

       An additional data source was used for some of the  new industries added in Reporting
       Year 1998. The Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI) provided EPA with two
       databases of site-specific  data for electric utilities, including stack height, stack diameter,
       and stack velocity. Approximately 600 TRI facilities report one of the three electric
       utility SIC codes (4911- Electric Services; 4931- Electric and Other Services Combined;
       or 4939- Combination Utilities, not elsewhere classified). Where possible, TRI facilities
       were matched to facilities in the EPRI data, and the  EPRI stack parameters were used.
       For the facilities that could not be matched, the median parameters from the EPRI data
       were used.

       Analyses have been conducted that show that the concentrations predicted by the RSEI
       model using a combination of generic and site-specific data closely match concentrations
       estimated by using more complete site-specific data. For complete details on the
       derivation of stack parameter data, see Technical Appendix E.

       For air releases, chemical concentrations are calculated at increments inside a 101 km
       square surrounding the facility. The concentration is multiplied by age-sex specific
       inhalation rates, as shown in Table 1-1 below. This calculates the surrogate dose for each
       of the ten age-sex categories included in the model.  The population assigned to  each grid
       cell is assumed to be exposed to the concentration calculated for that grid cell.
Version 2.1.2                                                                 1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  1-12

-------
                                                                Chapter 1: Introduction
Table 1-1. Exposure
Age-Sex Category
Male 0 to 9
Male 10 to 17
Male 18 to 44
Male 45 to 64
Male 65 and up
Female 0 to 9
Female 10 to 17
Female 18 to 44
Female 45 to 64
Female 65 and up
Factors for Air Releases
Inhalation Rate (m3/kg/day)
0.341
0.341
0.209
0.194
0.174
0.31
0.31
0.186
0.165
0.153
              •D    Direct Surface Water Releases

       Chemicals released directly to surface waters are modeled using a simple first-order
       decay equation, along with estimates of river discharge and velocity. Chemical
       concentrations are estimated for distances up to 200 km downstream from the chemical
       release to take into account drinking water intakes up to 200 km downstream. The
       chemical-specific decay coefficient is predominantly based on either abiotic hydrolysis
       or microbial biodegradation, but it may also be based on photooxidation.

       This method considers two chronic human health exposure pathways from surface water
       releases. First, exposures from drinking water are calculated.  Chemical releases from
       on-site or off-site facilities into water are assumed to be discharged into the stream
       reach11 nearest the facility.12  As the chemical travels downstream, concentrations at
       public drinking water intakes are estimated. The number of people served by the water
       system supplied by the intake is assumed to be the population exposed to the chemical
       1' Streams are divided into reaches, which are lineal sections of a stream transport path.
       12 For those facilities whose discharge reach is known, modeling is conducted from the known reach
segment downstream for 200 km.

Version 2.1.2                                                                 1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  1-13

-------
                                                               Chapter 1: Introduction
       concentration. However, because only the number of people served, not their geographic
       location, is know, the model uses the demographic breakdown of all the people in a 50
       mile radius around each intake as a surrogate for the actual number of people in each
       age-sex subgroup served by the drinking water intake.  Drinking water ingestion rates are
       shown in Table 1-2 below. If a stream reach contains no drinking water intake, the
       exposed population is zero. The concentrations at the drinking water intake for
       chemicals for which EPA has established Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs) are
       assumed to not exceed the relevant MCLs that were in effect for the year of the release.13

       A second potential exposure pathway is from consumption of contaminated fish.  Each
       segment of the affected surface water reach may contain contaminated fish which could
       be caught and eaten by recreational and subsistence fishers. As described above, the
       model tracks the concentration of the chemical as it travels downstream. In each stream
       reach, the estimated concentration  in fish is derived by multiplying the chemical
       concentration in the water by a factor to account for bioconcentration of the chemical
       from water into fish. County- and  state-specific fishing license data are used to estimate
       the percentage of people in each county who fish.  This number is multiplied by an
       estimate of average household size to obtain the portion of each county's total population
       that eats fish.  Since most fishers travel a maximum of 50 miles to fish, the population
       within 50 miles (according to Census data) of a reach modeled as having a nonzero
       chemical concentration is multiplied by the county-specific fish-eating percentage to
       obtain the total exposed population. Recreational fishers and their families are assumed
       to comprise 95 percent of this exposed population. Subsistence fishers and families
       make up the remaining 5 percent.  Subsistence fishers are also assumed to eat
       substantially greater amounts offish than recreational fishers, as shown in Table  1-2
       below.
       13RSEI contains information on yearly values for MCLs. However, information for some chemicals for
MCLs prior to 1991 were not available. See 'MCL' table in Chapter 4 (Viewing Data) for details.

Version 2.1.2                                                                1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 1-14

-------
                                                               Chapter 1: Introduction
                Table 1 -2.  Exposure Factors for Water Releases
    Age-Sex Category
Drinking Water
Ingestion Rate
(L/kg/day)
Recreational
Fish Ingestion
Rate (g/kg/day)
Subsistence Fish
Ingestion Rate
(g/kg/day)
Male 0 to 9
Male 10 to 17
Male 18 to 44
Male 45 to 64
Male 65 and up
Female 0 to 9
Female 10 to 17
Female 18 to 44
Female 45 to 64
Female 65 and up
0.0298
0.0298
0.0184
0.022
0.0219
0.0298
0.0298
0.0184
0.022
0.0219
0.0756
0.0756
0.199
0.407
0.434
0.0372
0.0372
0.114
0.262
0.267
2.83
2.83
1.92
2.08
2.22
2.05
2.05
1.71
1.6
1.63
              •D    Land Releases

       On- and off-site land releases include releases to landfills, surface impoundments, land
       treatment units and underground injection wells. For these releases, two major exposure
       pathways are of interest - volatilization to air or leaching into groundwater.
       Volatilization of chemicals from on-site land releases is reported to TRI under the
       fugitive emission estimate for the facility, and is handled as a fugitive air release.  For
       more information on RSEI modeling of fugitive air releases, see "Air Releases" above.
       The current version of RSEI does not provide risk modeling for reported land releases.
       However, RSEI does provide the capability for users to examine the pounds of releases to
       land that are reported to TRI, as well as viewing these releases from a hazard-based
       perspective.

       The potential for groundwater contamination from land releases depends on the
       regulatory status of the unit in which the chemical is released.  For example, chemicals
       could be deposited  in an on-site RCRA-regulated, subtitle C hazardous waste unit, or in
       an on-site nonhazardous solid waste management unit. RCRA standards for hazardous
       waste units are, by  regulation, designed to include technical controls to prevent release of
       contaminants into groundwater.  If chemicals are placed in such regulated units, EPA
       assumes that releases to groundwater are negligible so RSEI would assign a zero value to
       the risk-related scores for such releases.  If chemicals are placed in nonhazardous land
       disposal units (landfills, etc.), there is a potential for exposure. This exposure pathway
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                           1988-2002 TRI data
            1-15

-------
                                                               Chapter 1: Introduction
       and volatilization from off-site landfills are currently under review for inclusion in a
       future version of RSEI.

       On- and off-site land releases to underground injection are not modeled for exposure by
       RSEI. The hydrogeological, spatial, and temporal considerations that are associated with
       exposures to toxic chemicals in underground injection wells are situation- and site-
       specific, so RSEI is only able to provide pounds-based and hazard-based perspectives for
       this type of land release. Note, however, that under well-managed conditions, Class I
       wells (there are five classes of wells) are specifically designed to pose minimal risk to
       human health or the environment.

             •D     Releases to POTWs

       Modeling exposure from TRI-reported transfers to Publicly-Owned Treatment Works
       (POTWs) requires: (1) location of the POTW to which the chemicals are discharged, (2)
       consideration of overall removal efficiencies of POTWs and resulting effluent discharges
       from POTWs, (3) consideration of residuals management at POTWs, and 4)
       identification of the receiving stream reach.

       Locating the POTW. POTW names and addresses are reported to TRI by the facility
       transferring its waste. Latitude and longitude are not reported. In order to derive
       coordinates, the reported street addresses were geocoded (coordinates were assigned
       based on street address) by Thomas Computing Services, a commercial firm. Facilities
       with insufficient or incorrect street addresses are matched, if possible, with facilities with
       better locational data. If no matches can be found, the facility is assumed to be located at
       the center of its reported zip code. Once latitude and longitude for a facility are
       determined, the data are used to map the facility to a given grid cell, using the equations
       described in Chapter 3 of the Methodology document.  Substantial data processing was
       necessary to prepare the set off-site facilities for use in the model; see Technical
       Appendix D for details on the steps that were taken.

       Overall POTW Removal Rate.  POTWs cannot completely remove all of the chemicals
       that are transferred to the plant from the TRI facility. Some of the chemical loading in
       the influent will be discharged as effluent to surface waters. To calculate the fraction of
       transferred chemical removed by the POTW, the typical contaminant-specific removal
       rate is applied to the volume transferred to the POTW from the TRI facility.

       Partitioning within the POTW. Chemical loadings may be removed by the POTW
       treatment processes through biodegradation, volatilization, and adsorption to sludge.  The
       amount of the chemical  that is removed by each of these processes is modeled using
Version 2.1.2                                                               1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 1-16

-------
                                                               Chapter 1: Introduction
       average chemical-specific partitioning rates.  Chemical-specific partition rates are
       provided in Technical Appendix B.

       Once the fates of chemicals entering the POTW are estimated, exposures associated with
       chemical loadings to each compartment are estimated. Chemicals discharged in the
       POTW effluent are modeled using the surface water evaluation methods described above.
       Chemicals that biodegrade are assumed to degrade to chemicals that do not pose risk.
       POTW volatilization releases are treated like area-source air releases, as described above.

       For chemicals that partition to sludge, the model used to estimate exposure should ideally
       depend on the sludge disposal method employed by the POTW. However, sludge
       disposal practices at a POTW receiving a TRI transfer cannot be determined from the
       TRI database. Therefore, the RSEI algorithm currently assumes all POTW sludge to be
       landfilled at the POTW, a common method of sludge disposal.  Landfilling of sludge is
       not currently modeled in RSEI. POTWs may in reality use other methods  of sludge
       disposal, such as incineration of sludge. If sludge were incinerated by a POTW, for
       example, this would result in different exposure levels (and a different, larger exposed
       population).

       Locating the receiving stream reach.  In the same method as for TRI reporting facilities,
       POTWs are assumed to discharge to the nearest stream reach.  However, some POTW-
       specific information from EPA data sources was used where it was available.

              •D    Off-site Transfers

       This category includes any transfers to waste brokers, non-POTW treatment facilities or
       recycling facilities, and includes such off-site activities as storage, recycling and
       recovery, treatment, incineration, underground injection, landfill, and land treatment (i.e.,
       those TRI media codes beginning with 'M'). TRI reporters are required to supply the
       name and address of the facility that receives wastes for storage or disposal. From these
       data, EPA determines whether wastes are sent to a hazardous or nonhazardous waste
       management facility.  As with underground injection wells, transfers to RCRA hazardous
       waste facilities are not modeled. If chemicals are placed in such regulated units, it is
       assumed that releases to groundwater are negligible.

       The determination of locational data for off-site facilities is conducted in the same
       manner as for POTWs.

       The RSEI methodology then requires information on the treatment and disposal
       technologies used by the facility. If the treatment method is incineration, then
       destruction and removal efficiencies (DREs) are applied to the transfer amount, and the

Version 2.1.2                                                               1988-2002  TRI data
August 2004                                 1-17

-------
                                                                 Chapter 1: Introduction
       releases are modeled using ISCLT, as described above in the discussion of stack and
       fugitive air releases.

       For off-site landfills, two major exposure pathways are considered: groundwater and
       volatilization. These pathways are currently not modeled; however, users can examine
       pounds- and hazard-based perspectives for these pathways.
RSEI Results

       Because of the multi-functional nature of the model, a variety of results can be created.
       All RSEI results start with an Indicator Element, which is a unique combination of
       chemical, facility, exposure pathway, and year14. Each Indicator Element has a set of
       associated results:
Risk-related results
Hazard-based results
Pounds-based results
Surrogate Dose x Toxicity Weight x Population
Pounds x Toxicity Weight
TRI Pounds released
       Risk-related results
       The toxicity, surrogate dose, and population components are multiplied to obtain a risk
       score for the Indicator Element. The surrogate dose is determined through pathway-
       specific modeling of the fate and transport of the chemical through the environment,
       combined with subpopulation-specific exposure factors. The score is a unitless measure
       that is not independently meaningful, but is a risk-related estimate that can be compared
       to other estimates calculated using the same methods.  If the Indicator Element cannot be
       modeled, because of the lack of data needed for modeling or because the exposure
       pathway is not currently modeled, then the risk-related score is zero.  The model
       calculates risk-related results for the entire population and also for the following
       subpopulations: children under 10, children aged 10 to 17, males aged 18 to 44, females
       aged 18 to 44, and adults aged 65  and over. In addition the  model also calculates
       'Modeled Pounds,' which is simply the number of pounds that can be modeled, before
       fate and transport modeling and exposure assumptions have been applied.
         Several related Indicator Elements may be associated with certain release and exposure pathways (e.g., direct water releases may
be associated with exposure from drinking water intakes, as well as fish ingestion from recreational fishing and from subsistence fishing).

Version 2.1.2                                                                 1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  1-18

-------
                                                               Chapter 1: Introduction
       Hazard-based results
       Each Indicator Element also is associated with a hazard-based result, calculated by
       multiplying the pounds released by the chemical-specific toxicity weight for the exposure
       route (oral or inhalation) associated with the release.  For these results, no exposure
       modeling or population estimates are involved.  If there is no toxicity weight available
       for the chemical, then the hazard score is zero.

       The model also calculates 'Modeled Hazard,' which is the chemical-specific toxicity
       weights multiplied by the Modeled Pounds (as described above), and 'Modeled Hazard *
       Pop,' which multiplies modeled hazard by the exposed population, but without the fate
       and transport modeling that would be found in risk-related results.
       Pounds-based results
       These results include only the pounds of releases reported to TRI, and are available for
       all Indicator Elements.  The model also provides TRI pounds with toxicity weights,
       which just sums the pounds for the chemicals that have toxicity weights in the RSEI
       model.

       Once results are calculated for each Indicator Element, they can be combined in many
       different ways. All of the results are additive, so a result for a specific set of variables is
       calculated by summing all the relevant individual Indicator Element results, as follows:
       where:
              R      =     RSEI result, and
              IEcjjp   =     chemical-facility-pathway-specific Indicator Element result.

       This method is very flexible, allowing for countless variation in the creation of results.
       For example, results can be calculated for various subsets of variables (e.g., chemical,
       facility, exposure pathway) and compared to each other to assess the relative contribution
       of each subset to the total potential impact.  Or, results for the same subset of variables
       for different years can be calculated, to assess the general trend in pounds-based, hazard-
       based, or risk-related impacts over time.

       It must be reiterated that while changes in results over the years would imply that there
       have been changes in hazard- or risk-related environmental impacts, the actual magnitude
       of any specific change or the reason for the change may not be obvious. Although the


Version 2. 1. 2                                                                1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 1-19

-------
                                                                Chapter 1: Introduction
       value itself may be useful in identifying facilities or chemicals with the highest potential
       for hazard or risk, the weight does not represent a quantitative estimate or provide an
       exact indication of the magnitude of individual hazard or risk associated with that facility
       or chemical.
Analyses That Can be Performed  Using the RSEI Model

       Users of the model can perform, in a matter of minutes or hours, a variety of screening-
       level analyses. Previously, such activities would have taken days, weeks, or even months
       to organize the relevant information, evaluate that information, and perform the complex
       and sophisticated analyses that are necessary to provide a risk-related perspective.
       Results can be used for screening-level ranking and prioritization for strategic planning
       purposes, risk-related targeting, and trends analyses.  Considerable resources can be
       saved by conducting  preliminary analyses with the model to identify risk-related
       situations of high potential concern that warrant further evaluation.

       As noted above, users can evaluate releases using a number of variables, such as
       chemical, medium, geographic area or industry. For instance, the following types of
       questions can be investigated: How do industry sectors compare to one another from a
       risk-related perspective?  What is the relative contribution of chemicals within a given
       industry sector?  What release pathway for a particular chemical poses the greatest risk-
       related impacts?  Users can view pounds-based, hazard-based, and other results to
       investigate the relative influence of toxicity and population components on the risk-
       related results, which also incorporate exposure modeling.

       The model also contains fully integrated geographic capabilities.  Users can select
       facilities geographically and display maps. For a 101 kilometer square around a facility,
       the model  will quickly and easily display grid-cell concentrations from chemical releases
       to air, and can sum the overlapping release plumes. In addition, for any small geographic
       area, users can display the population distribution for any population subgroup, and show
       the population- and toxicity-weighted air concentrations by  subgroup.

       Information regarding the RSEI project is available on the RSEI web site. Complete
       documentation, frequently asked questions, and contact information are all posted on the
       site.  Periodic updates and troubleshooting information are also available for users.
Version 2.1.2                                                                1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  1-20

-------
                                                              Chapter 1: Introduction
Important Caveats Regarding the RSEI Chronic Human Health Model

       The RSEI Chronic Human Health model is a screening tool that provides a risk-related
       perspective in assessing the relative impacts of releases of toxic chemicals.  Risk-related
       results are available for releases and transfers to air and water, and pounds-  and hazard-
       based results are available for all media. RSEI combines estimates of toxicity, exposure
       level, and the exposed population to provide risk-related comparisons.  It does not
       provide a detailed or quantitative assessment of risk, and is not designed as  a substitute
       for more comprehensive,  site-specific risk assessments.  There are a number of important
       considerations associated with each component of the model, as described in the
       following sections.
       Release Component
       The following caveat should be considered regarding the release component of the
       model:

             RSEI uses facility-reported TRI data which is known to contain some reporting
             errors. Since facility management must certify reports to be accurate, the TRI
             program does not change any reported data until the reporting facility submits an
             official correction.  Therefore, there are some releases in the TRI data that are
             thought to be erroneous but are still included because facilities have not submitted
             corrected reporting forms by the time of the annual public data release that RSEI
             uses.  Some of these releases are associated with large risk-related impacts.  Two
             likely erroneous releases warrant special note because of their magnitude: a 1999
             release of 160,000 pounds of lead in Lamar County, Texas was reported as
             transferred to a POTW when it probably went to a recycling facility; and a 2002
             fugitive air release of 184,770 pounds of nickel in Johnstown, PA probably
             overstates the release amount and may be  assigned to the wrong medium.
       Toxicity Component
       The following caveats should be considered regarding the toxicity component of the
       model:

             Toxicity weights are not designed to (and may not) correlate with statutory
             criteria used for listing and delisting chemicals in TRI. RSEI risk-related model
             results account for estimated exposure and may not correlate with listing/de-
             listing decisions.

       •      The Chronic Human Health model only addresses chronic human toxicity (cancer

Version 2.1.2                                                              1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                1-21

-------
                                                               Chapter 1: Introduction
              and noncancer effects, e.g., developmental toxicity, reproductive toxicity,
              neurotoxicity, etc.) associated with long-term exposure and does not address
              concerns for either acute human toxicity or environmental toxicity.

              Toxicity weights are based upon the single, most sensitive chronic human health
              endpoint for inhalation or oral exposure pathways, and do not reflect severity of
              effects or multiple health effects.

              Estimated Reference Doses and Reference Concentrations for noncancer effects
              incorporate uncertainty factors which are reflected in toxicity weights that are
              based upon these values.

              Several significant assumptions are made regarding metals and metal compounds,
              because important data regarding these chemicals are not subject to TRI
              reporting.  Metals  and metal compounds are assumed to be released in the valence
              (or oxidation) state associated with the highest chronic toxicity weight (for
              chromium, the higher valence state has greater toxicity, e.g., Cr+6 vs. Cr+3). Metal
              compounds are assumed to have the same toxicity weight as the parent metal,
              although the chronic toxicity of some metal compounds may be higher or lower.
              While the physical form of released metals or metal compounds can affect
              toxicity, a reasonable assumption is made regarding the likely form of most
              releases (e.g., the non-cancer toxicity weight for chromic acid mists and dissolved
              hexavalent chromium aerosols is much higher than for hexavalent chromium
              particulates, but releases of these chemicals as acid aerosols are not expected to
              be typical so the toxicity weight for cancer based on the inhalation of parti culates
              is used). Analysts need to consider these assumptions, and whether the gathering
              of additional data is warranted, when examining model results for metals and
              metal compounds.
       Exposure Component
       The following caveats should be considered regarding the exposure component of the
       model:

              Like other exposure models, RSEI estimates exposure levels (it does not yield
              actual exposures). The model provides estimated air concentrations in each grid
              cell.

       •       The model uses some generic assumptions, e.g., default median stack heights,
              diameters, and exit gas velocities related to 2- or 3-digit Standard Industrial
Version 2.1.2                                                                1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 1-22

-------
                                                              Chapter 1: Introduction
             Classification (SIC) codes, or a nationwide median, where facility-specific
             median stack height, diameter, and exit gas velocity data are unavailable.

             In the current version of the model, only air and direct surface water exposures
             are fully modeled.

             The model does not account for population activity patterns.

             The model has greater uncertainty when examining disaggregated results at the
             local or facility level.
       Population Component
       The following caveats should be considered regarding the population component of the
       model:

       •      Population values for non-decennial years are estimated based on linear
             interpolations at the block level between the 1990 and 2000 U.S. Census dates,
             and on extrapolations back to 1988 and forward to 2002.

             Drinking water populations are estimated by using the total drinking water
             populations associated with individual downstream drinking water intakes.
             Estimated populations for the fish ingestion pathway are based upon U.S. Fish
             and Wildlife Service surveys.

       •      Because RSEI results reflect changing population size at the local level, a
             facility's relative contribution could increase or decrease even without changes in
             its releases over time.  While the model is designed to reflect the overall
             risk-related impacts on the local population, such population changes should be
             considered when examining a facility's environmental management practices.
Strengths and Limitations of the RSEI Chronic Human Health Model

       Strengths
       The following are strengths of the model:

       •      The model provides important hazard-based and risk-related perspectives
             regarding the impacts of TRI releases on chronic human health.
Version 2.1.2                                                              1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                1-23

-------
                                                               Chapter 1: Introduction
              The model quickly organizes and evaluates data in a complex manner. For
              example, the air exposure model is combined with U.S. Census data to directly
              estimate the size of exposed populations and subpopulations and the magnitude of
              their exposure, rather than assuming that all individuals surrounding a facility are
              equally exposed.

              The model allows for greatly increased speed in performing screening analyses,
              thereby conserving resources for conducting more precise, site-specific risk
              evaluations.  In addition, its use as a priority-setting tool allows resources to be
              focused in areas that will provide the greatest risk reduction.

              The model can perform single- and multi-media analyses.

              Custom-designed selections can be based upon a wide range of variables.

              This adaptable method can model any chemical if toxicity characteristics,
              appropriate physicochemical properties, release levels and release location are
              known or can be estimated.

              The model considers both cancer and non-cancer human health endpoints.

              The RSEI method has been subject to repeated expert peer review.

              The model's methodology and assumptions are transparent.  Complete and
              detailed documentation of the RSEI model is available.
       Limitations
       The following are limitations of the model:

       •       RSEI results do not provide users with quantitative risk estimates (e.g., excess
              cases of cancer).

       •       RSEI results do not evaluate individual risk.

              The model does not account for all sources of TRI chemicals; it only accounts for
              those sources that are required to report to TRI.  It also does not provide scores
              for all TRI chemicals, although chemicals without toxicity weights account for a
              very small percentage of total releases and of total risk-related impacts.

       •       TRI does not account for all toxic chemicals.

Version 2.1.2                                                                1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 1-24

-------
                                                               Chapter 1: Introduction
              The model assumes that air concentrations of TRI chemicals are the same for
              indoor and outdoor exposures, and that populations are continuously exposed.

              Dermal and food ingestion pathways (other than fish consumption), and some
              other indirect exposure pathways are not evaluated.

              Acute health effects associated with short-term, periodic exposures to higher
              levels of these same chemicals are not addressed.

              Ecological effects are not addressed.
Version 2.1.2                                                               1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 1-25

-------
CHAPTER 2
Highlights of RSEI Version 2

       Version 2 of the RSEI model is a powerful and flexible tool. It allows for many different
       kinds of analyses and many ways to customize your results.


Detailed Data

       RSEI contains detailed data sets, several of which have been created or quality-assured
       specifically for the model. Population data are taken from the two most recent decennial
       Censuses as the block level, and translated onto to the model grid geographically for
       greater accuracy.  Off-site facilities have been assigned to their actual locations where
       possible, and TRI reporting facilities have had their reported locations double-checked
       and corrected where necessary. Extensive physicochemical and toxicity data for reported
       chemicals have been collected and frequently updated, and detailed (age- and sex-
       specific, where possible) exposure factors are used.
Extended Air Modeling

       RSEI's air modeling methodology has been revised to more accurately represent
       concentrations very close to the facility. In addition, previous versions only modeled
       concentrations out to 10 km from the facility; the current version models out 50 km to
       better reflect the extended plumes associated with very tall stacks.
Fully Integrated Geographic Capabilities

       RSEI allows you to easily select and display facilities geographically. Just by clicking a
       button, you can display the population density and specific concentrations from chemical
       releases to air surrounding a facility for a specific release. In addition, for any small
       geographic area, you can display the population distribution for any population subgroup,
       and show the population-weighted air concentrations by subgroup. Overlapping plumes
       can be counted as well.
Version 2.1.2                                                              1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 2-1

-------
                                                  Chapter 2: Highlights of Version 2
Flexible Query Options

       Selections can be performed based on any variables included in the model. Boolean-type
       logic allows you to exclude and include different sets in the same selection.  The query
       builder is powerful and flexible, now allowing for any conceivable combination of
       criteria.
Custom and  Preformatted Display Options

       The Crosstab tables option allows you to tabulate your selection using any model
       variables you choose, and includes sophisticated options like filters, sorted tables, and
       graphs, and the ability to collapse and expand rows and columns, and switch row and
       column variables. You can create multiple crosstab tables based on the same selection
       and save and reload different tables.  For quick results, the model provides preformatted
       displays like a list of facilities and releases in your selection, time trend graphs, ranked
       tables, and annual maps.
Enhanced Export Options

       You can export tables and lists to many different formats, including Microsoft Excel,
       Lotus 1-2-3, and dBase files.
Fast Processing

       Depending on the size of the resulting set and the speed of your PC, selections and
       custom tables may take just a few minutes (or even seconds) to create.
Version 2.1.2                                                             1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                2-2

-------
                                                 Chapter 2: Highlights of Version 2
Results forSubpopulations

       You can examine total pounds, and hazard-weighted and risk-related modeling scores for
       children 0-9 years of age, children 10-17 years of age, women 18-44 years of age, men
       18-44 years of age, and adults 65 years and over separately from the general population.
Tribal Land Identifier

       You can select and examine facilities that are on tribal lands.
Version 2.1.2                                                           1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                               2-3

-------
CHAPTER 3
Quick Start Tutorials

       The following three tutorials will give you a quick introduction to how the model works,
       and how to quickly find basic information that many users are interested in.  These
       tutorials are designed to familiarize the new user with the Advanced RSEI interface.
       New users can also get quick results for common analyses using Easy RSEI.

       Follow the instructions carefully; once you click Run! on any screen, you cannot stop the
       model except by pressing Ctrl-Alt-Delete to stop the program through Windows. You
       will lose any unsaved information.
Tutorial 1. Evaluating National-Level Risk-Related Impacts

       An important use of the RSEI model is to identify areas that have potentially high risk-
       related impacts. This exercise will walk you through several different ways of doing this.
       First, you will perform a national-level selection for the year 2002. You will look at the
       results by media and state, and examine the data using several different preformatted
       functions included in the RSEI model.
       Step 1.1  Perform a National-Level Selection
       The first step in any analysis using
       the RSEI model is to determine the
       set of elements you wish to select.
       This is done by performing a
       selection.  Open up the model to
       display the Advanced RSEI screen.
       Click on the Select button at the top
       left of the menu panel.  This brings
       up the Select elements... screen. Here, you
       can select elements based on any variables
       included in the model, including chemical
       characteristics, geographic location of the
       facility, year, and many more. You do this
       by creating a set of selection statements.  For
       this exercise, we will create a very simple
       selection statement.

       Note that if you have done any selections
       since installing the RSEI model, your last
  For each exposure pathway from each
  chemical release, the model generates an
  'Indicator Element.'  For instance, a release
  of benzene to air via a stack from the 'ABC'
  facility in 1999 is an 'Indicator Element.'
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
        Selection statements tell the model
        what releases you wish to select.
        Selection statements are comprised of
        bracket statements that tell the model
        to select records where all, any, none, or
        not all of the conditions apply,  and
        condition statements, that specify
        exactly what your conditions are.
                             1988-2002 TRI data
5-1

-------
                                                     Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
       selection statement will appear on the Select elements... screen.  To remove it, simply
       click on the Clear button. You will see a line of text on the screen, 'Choose records
       where all of the following apply'.  This is a bracket statement that tells the model what to
       do with the information that comes next. You can change the bracket  statement from
       'all' to 'any', 'none', or 'not all' by clicking on the 'all' and selecting an option from the
       drop down menu.  But for now let it remain 'all'. Click on the circle to the left of the
       text,  and select 'Add condition'. The condition statement contains the criteria you use to
       select your releases.

       You will see the following text line:

       1. Chemical Flags.Year Chemical  Added is equal to	
                                                     J Choose records where aj] of the following apply:
                                                     0,) SubmissJQn.Vear is equal to 20G2
Click on the first part of the text line, and a
drop-down menu will appear. This menu
contains all of the variables contained in the
model that you can use in your selection
statements. They are grouped according to the
type of variable.  Click on the group
' Submission'. To the right you will see
another menu with  all of the variables in this
group.  Click on'Year'.

The text line will change to 1.
Submission. Year is equal to	.  In the blank
at the end  of the line, type in '2002'.  This will
now select all TRI-reported releases that occurred in 2002. Click somewhere in the
window outside of the box you just typed in, so that the entire text line is blue (this enters
your change). Click on the Submit button at the top of the Select elements... screen to
submit the selection.  The model may take a few minutes to complete the task.
                                                     Enter Description
   If you accidentally submit an incomplete or inaccurate selection statement, you
   cannot stop the submission or go back to the statement until the model has
   processed your submission completely.  Once the model is done,  click on the
   Select button again to reopen the Select Elements... screen, correct the
   selection statement, and resubmit it.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                                  1988-2002 TRI data
                                    5-2

-------
                                                           Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
        When the model is done with the selection, the Select elements... screen will disappear.
        The number of facilities, chemical releases, and elements that are selected in your set will
        be displayed in the top right corner of the screen.

        Now that you have your selected set of scores, you can analyze them in different ways.
        To get a quick summary of the differences in risk-related impacts between states, click on
        Thematic Maps at the top of the screen.

        The model will display a U.S.  map with variations in color representing differing levels
        in impacts.  Your map may show Alaska and Hawaii; if you want to see only the
        continental U.S., click and drag the map to the left until Hawaii and Alaska no longer
        show.  The legend at the left side of the screen shows what colors on the map correspond
        to what values.  Make sure that the ' Select Year' box at the top left shows '2002', and the
        'Theme' box shows 'Score'. If you want to increase the size of the map, draw the outline
        of a box around the area you want to enlarge with the cursor while holding down the
        right mouse button. To outline the states, click on the 'Show feature outlines' box.
          RSEI Version 2.1.2
           Select
    Export  I
                             Print

                                      Help
                                               Data      Close
             -Ifljx
 20,803 facilities selected
213,922 releases selected
328,581 elements selected
          SelectYear: I2002
         Theme:  Score
selected Facilities Browser   ournrnd.ry  ! Thematic Maps  UusturnTables

           T\    ff State  r County    Zoom out |  l~ Show feature outlines

                    ^1  Value: 167.3
          Range: 167.3-7,037,217
          Mean: 872,922
          Sum: 44,511009
          StdDev: 1,302,977
          No data: |       |
          (7alue of-99.00 displayed.)
         167.3
         167.3-27,233
         27,233-62,076
         62,076-120,935
         120,935-253.712
         253,712-315,661
         315,661-381.399
         381,399-823,853
         823,853-1,251,996
         1,251,996-7,037.217
        Idle
                                                                                Memory: 9,344 kt
                                        Thematic Map
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                                 1988-2002 TRI data
                                5-3

-------
                                                         Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
                                            Select    Export    Print     Help     Data    Close

                                           Start   Selected Facilities Browser  Summary Thematic Maps | GustomTables
                                                        New Table
                                            Non-Emply Cells •"*
                                            Non-Zero Cells. ***    Value Selected

                                           I Table  Graph  Sorted Teble
                                                              Load Table
                                                                      Filter
                                                                            Options
Step 1.2. Results by State

To get a more detailed look at
2002 scores, you can break down
your national-level selection by
state. Click on the Custom
Tables button at the end of the
second row of menu buttons at
the top of the screen, and the
screen shown at right will appear.
       In this screen you can create and
       customize crosstab tables, based
       on any combination of variables
       you choose. To create a new
       crosstab table, click on the New
       Table button.  The Select
       Dimensions screen will appear. This screen lists all the variables included in the RSEI
       model. The variables are listed in the form Data table.variable name, where the data
       table is similar to the variable group used in the Select elements... screen.  A complete
       listing of all variables is provided in Chapter 4.
       We want to look at state-level
       results, so select 'Facility.State'.
       It is often informative to break
       down results by media, in order to
       assess what exposure routes are
       associated with the highest risk-
       related impacts.  So select
       'Release.Media Text', which will
       provide the text description of the
       medium into which each chemical
       is released. In the box to the right
       of 'Name' at the bottom of the
       screen, type in a name for this
       table you are creating, such as
       '2002 State by Media'.  All of the
       tables you create in the RSEI
       model are saved on your hard
       drive in the C:\Program
 20,808 facilities selected
243.922 releases selected
328.681 elements selected
1 Select Dimensions : . --
D Facility. Parent DUNS
D Facility. Region
LJ Facility. On Tribal Land
PI Facility. Tribal Land Name
n Facility. SIC Code 1
DFacility.SICCode2
D Facility. SIC Code 3
PI Facility. SIC Code 4
D Facility. SIC Code 5
D Facility. SIC Code 6
n Facility. SIC Code 2-Digit Primary
D Facility. SIC Code 3-Digit Primary
D Facility. SIC Code Same 2-Digit
Ul

Name: |2002 State by Media]
I inHudp '"ill [p PCJKPX


ti"'i ''
_,,V'., .
I ! Facility. Muliple Primary SIC
|v; Facility State
D Facility.ZIP Code
D Submission. Max Qnsite
D Submission. Use
D Submission. Year
n Release. Media Code
•HI Release Media Text
n Element. Category Code
D Element. Category Text



i


|
Run! 1 Cancel

xj







I





J





Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                                       1988-2002 TRI data
                                      5-4

-------
                                                      Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
       Files\RSEI\User directory for later use. Hit Run! and the model will create your crosstab
       table. It may take a few minutes to generate. When the model is finished, you will see
       the new crosstab table, as shown below.
1 RSEI Version 2.1.2 111
Select | Export Print j Help Data j Close |
Start I Selected Facilities Browser Summary
[ITbyBT
Non-Emply Cells: 1
Non-Zero Cells: 30
| Table Graph
Value g
	 [ p^ m



20,808 facilities selected
243,922 releases selected
328,681 elements selected
Thematic Maps [CustomTables!

New Table j Load Table Filter
638
1 Value
Sorted Table
^^^^^^H
• J MediaText ^^K^^H
1 Fugitive Air 67,233
I 0.1494
I 2 Stack Air
I 3 Direct Water
401 Undlnj(Clas
402 Und Inj (Clas
|520LandTreatrr
|530 Surface Impi
540 Other Land [
JtJj
36,129
0.0803
0

0

0
0
Options I

Selected [Risk-related Results _^J
I
2002 State by Media
!
d
AL
633,263
1.407
478,995
1.064
1,295,755
2.879

0
0
0
0
AR
69,811
0.1551
113,911
0.2531
76,310
0.1696
0
0
0
0
0
AS
0
0






AZ
190,757
0.4239
51,073
0.1135
10,685
0.0237

0
0
0
0
CA
388,028
0.8622
495,158
1.100
982,542
2.183

0
0
0
0
O





[
[
£
Idle | Memory: 9,344 Us
                              Crosstab Table, State by Media
       This table shows, for each state, the risk-related score for each medium.  This is the top
       number, in black, in each cell. For cells with non-zero values, the number in red beneath
       the score is the cell's percentage of the total score of all the cells in the table (the total
       can be found in the lower right corner). The values below the top number in black in each
       cell can be changed by clicking Options, then Cell Display.  The default (the value in
       red) is the 'Total Pet'.  To turn it off, simply click on the text so that the check mark is
       removed.

       The box at the top of the screen, where 'Risk-related Results' is displayed, controls what
       numbers are shown in black in the cells of the table.  Explanations for each type of
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                               1988-2002 TRI data
5-5

-------
                                                     Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
       number can be found at the end of Chapter 8. 'Risk-related Results' refers to the score:
       the risk-related, unitless number that takes into account the chemical release, its toxicity,
       environmental fate and transport, exposure assumptions, and the number of exposed
       people.

       Note that there are many media that have only zeros for entries.  To get rid of all entries
       that have no nonzero values, click on the minus sign to the left of the row header 'Media
       Text'.  This collapses the rows, and the minus sign is replaced with a plus sign. Click on
       the plus sign to expand the row again; now, however, the zero-only rows will not be
       displayed.
liSRSEI Version 2.1.2 ,..[
Select
Export | Print Help | Data Close |



20,808 facilities selected
243,922 releases selected
328,681 elements selected
Start Selected Facilities Browser Summary Thematic Maps CustomTables
7 by 51
Non-Empty Cells: I
Non-Zero Cells: 30
Table Graph
Value H
	 JRct 	 •
UHHI^^I
1 Fugitive Air
2 Stack Air
3 Direct Water
BPOTWTransfe
750 Offsite Incine
754 Offsite Incine
Sum
New Table | Load Table | Filter
A Value
Sorted Table
^^^^^^H
AK
67,233
0.1-191
36,129
0.0803
0
5.626
1.250E-05
0.0237
5.272E-08
0.2837
6.304E-07
103,368
0.2297
JlJJ
Idle
Options


Selected Risk-related Results jj
I
AL
633,263
1.407
478,995
1.064
1,295,755
2.879
20,753
0.0461
32.70
7.267E-05
19.58
4.350E-05
2,428,819
5.397

AR
69,811
0.1551
113,911
0.2531
76,310
0.1696
9,153
0.0203
122.2
2.716E-04
17.16
3.812E-05
269,324
0.5985

AZ
190,757
0.4239
51,073
0.1135
10,685
0.0237
7,572
0.0168
10.89
2.419E-05
1.103
2.452E-06
260,099
0.5780

CA
388,028
0.8622
495,158
1.100
982,542
2.183
1,250,006
2.778
564.8
0.0013
38.10
8.466E-05
3,116,337
6.925



2002 State by Media

CO
211,031
0.4689
86,525
0.1923
64,396
0.1431
7,569
0.0168
22.53
5.007E-05
0.4224
9.385E-07
369,543
0.8212

CT
5;
0.
5l
0.
1:
0.
11
0.
7.142
3.1 9C
13:
0.
Jj
Memory; 9,344 kh
                      Crosstab Table, Zero-Only Rows Removed
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
1988-2002 TRI data

-------
                                                  Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
    Any time you change the Value Selected', you should collapse and expand the
    rows and columns to refresh the table.  Otherwise, rows or columns that were not
    shown originally because all of the values were zero may not show when the
    summary is changed, even if in the new summary their values are non-zero.
      Because the crosstab table displays so much information at one time, sometimes it is
      useful to quickly summarize the information in the table.  The Sorted Table function
      works off the crosstab table's current display and shows each cell in descending order.
      Click on the Sorted Table button and the screen shown below will appear.
IsRSEI Version 2. 1.2
Select 1 Export

	 „ •&£ '
Print | Help

Data | Close

-ISlx
20,808 facilities selected
243,922 releases selected
328,681 elements selected
Start 1 Selected Facilities Browser | Summary | Thematic Maps CustomTables j
!
|7byM
Non-Empty Cells: 31 2
Non-Zero Cells: 304
New Table Load Table

Filter I Options

Value Selected [Risk-related Results
2002 State by Media
d
i
Table Graph Sorted Table
Rank State MediaText
Value Percent
••DPA ! Fugitive Air 3,616,425.132 8.036
I 2 IN 3 Direct Water 2,332,900.889 5.184
3 PA 3 Direct Water 2,170,960.769 4.824
4 FL 1 Fugitive Air 1,582,539.629 3.517
5 OH 1 FugitveAir 1,388,224.898 3.085
6 UT 1 Fugitive Air 1,359,056.364 3.02
7 OH 2StackAir
1,305,761.156 2.902
SAL SDirectWater 1,295,755.329 2.879
9 CA 6 POTvV Transfer 1,250,006.365 2.778
10IL 2 Stack Air
1,225,758.077 2.724
11 TX 6POTWTransfer 1,210,506.136 2.69
12 IL 1 FugitveAir 1,199,029.896 2.664
13 PA 2 Stack Air
1,013,761.558 2.253
14 CA SDirectWater 982,541.51 2.183
15TX 2 Stack Air
Idle
950,420.166 2.112

Cumulative Value Cumulative Percent .^1
3,616,425.132
5,949,326.021
8,120,286.79
9,702,826.419
11,091,051.317
12,450,107.681
13,755.868.837
15,051,624.166
16,301,630.531
17,527,388.608
18,737,894.744
19.936,924.64
20,950,686.198
21,933,227.708
22,883,647.874

8.036 _|
13.22
18.044
21.561
24.646
27.665
30.567
33.446
36.224
38.948
41.638
44.302
46.555
48.738
50.85
Memory: 9,344 14
                           Sorted Table, State by Media
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
5-7
                            1988-2002 TRI data

-------
                                                                Chapter 3:  Quick Start Tutorials
        This table shows each state-medium combination, listed in descending order of risk-
        related impact. The sixth column, 'Cumulative Value', shows the total value of the score
        for each entry and all of those above it.  The 'Cumulative Percent' column functions in a
        similar way.  You can see that fugitive air releases in Pennsylvania account for almost
        eight percent of the total risk-related impact in the country.

        To do a more direct comparison of states, go back to the custom table by clicking on the
        Table button. Collapse the rows by clicking on the minus sign to the left of the 'Media
        Text' row header.  Then click on the Sorted Table button again. This time, instead of
        showing state-media combinations, the table only shows the state rankings. You can see
        that Pennsylvania is the state with the highest calculated risk-related impact, accounting
        for more than 15 percent of the nation's total.
      SjRSEI Version 2.1.2
        Select
                   Export
                              Print
                       Help
                                                  Data
                                                             Close
      Start
             Selected Facilities Browser   Summary ! Thematic Maps
       1 by 54
       Non-Ernply Cells: 0
       Non-Zero Cells: 0
           New Table   Load Table
                                  Filter
                                         CustornTables
                                            Options
                                                                  .JgJ x
                                                    20,808 facilities selected
                                                   243,922 releases selected
                                                   328,681 elements selected
                                                               2002 State by Media
                           Value Selected
                                           Risk-related Results
      Table
              Graph
     Sorted Table
      Rank State Value
           PA
          2 IN
          3TX
          A CA
          5 OH
          6 IL
          7 AL
          8 FL
          9 UT
         10 VA
         11 Wl
         12 LA
         13 TN
         14 MO
         15 KY
                           Percent  Cumulative Value Cumulative Percent
7,037,216.649
3,889,061.976
3,364,445.463
3,116,337.351
2,940,122.804
2,589,024.444
2,428,818.568
1,948,411.209
 1,728,726.62
 1,366,480.57
1,254,996.012
1,254,545.141
1,128,423.407
 937,743.162
 887,276.303
15.637
 8.642
 7.476
 6.925
 6.533
 5.753
 5.397
  4.33
 3.841
 3.036
 2.789
 2.788
 2.507
 2.084
 1.972
 7,037,216.649
10,926,278.625
14,290,724.088
17,407,061.439
20,347,184.244
22,936,208.688
25,365,027.256
27,313,438.465
29,042,165.085
30,408,645.656
31,663,641.668
32,918,186.809
34,046,610.216
34,984,353.378
35,871,629.681
15.637
24.279
31.756
 38.68
45.214
50.967
56.364
60.693
64.535
67.571
 70.36
73.148
75.655
77.739
79.711
     Idle
                                                                                         Memory! 9,344 kh
                                   Sorted Table, by State Only
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                                      1988-2002 TRI data

-------
                                                                         Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
         You can also look at the results graphically. Click on the Graph button above the table,
         and the following screen will appear:
          RSEI Version 2.1.2
           Select
                       Export
                                    Print
                                      Help
                                                            Data
                                                                       Close
        Start
                 Selected Facilities Browser   Summary   Thematic Maps    CustomTables

I                                                     ^^9^5       ^^95       ^^^1
                                             Load Table
1 by 54
Non-Empty Cells: 0
Non-Zero Cells: 0
                                                            Filter
                                                                       Options
                 -Ifllx
  20,808 facilities selected
243,922 releases selected
328,681 elements selected
2002 State by Media
                                 Value Selected     (Risk-related Results
         Table
                 | Graph
                           Sorted Table
           [Edit Titij j|   Edit Footnote |  Set Title/Footnote size [a   ^J

              7,000,000
              6,000,000

             I 5,000,000

             ' 4,000,000
             !
             I 3,000,000

             • 2,000,000

              1,000,000

                    0
                    fin
ll
                                                                  n  •„
I
                     AK AR AZ CO DC FL GU IA LIN KY MA ME MN MP MT ND NH NM NY OK PA Rl SD TX VA VT Wl WY
                                                        State
                            Source: EPA Risk-Screening Environmental Indicators Model Version 2.1.2
                                      File Name: 2002 State by Media  File Date:
                                         Model Selection:Risk-related Results
    • I 03,367.706 AK
    • 2,428,818.568 AL
    D 269,324.419 AR
    • 0 AS
    D 260,098.926 AZ
    • 3,116,337.351 CA
    • 369,543.226 CO
    • 133,676.117 CT
    • 9,196.281 DC
    • 85.128.642DE
    D 1,948,411.209 FL
    • 823,852.965 OA
    • OGU
    D 54,739.086 HI
    D 381,398.761 IA
    • 36,002.926 ID
    • 2,589,024.444 IL
    • 3,889,061.976 IN
        Idle
                                                                                                        Memory: 9,3-t4kt
                                Custom Graph, Total for All  Media by State
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                 5-9
                                                                                           1988-2002 TRI data

-------
                                                                   Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
         This graph is slightly busy, due to the number of
         states shown.  To limit the number of states, perhaps
         to just those in the top five of the sorted table, click
         the Filter button at the top of the screen, and the Set
         Filter screen will appear.  Click on State, then click
         on the boxes next to the top five states: PA, IN, TX,
         CA, and OH.  Click  'Apply Filters' and the graph
         will then display only those states with checked
         boxes, resulting in a more easily intelligible graph.
                                                            Choose variable to filter
                                                             Medial ext
                                                            Choose values to select
                                                             DMD          D NH
                                                             D ME          D NJ
                                                             DMI          DNM
                                                             D MN          D NV
                                                             D MO          D NY
                                                             DMP
                                                             QMS          nok
                                                             DMT          DOR
                                                             D NC          0 PA
                                                             D ND          D PR
                                                             DNE          DRI
                   Apply Filters  |

                   Clear this filter

                   Clear all filters

                     Cancel
                                                                                                 Jj
                                                                        Current Filters:

                                                                        QStateHCA' OR [State]='IN' OR [State]='OH' OR [State]='PA' OR
                                                                        [Stste]='TX')
Select  |    Export  |
                                 Print

                                           Help
                                                      Data       Close
         Start
     Selected Facilities Browser   Summary  Thematic Maps  | CustomTables
          1 by 54
          Non-Empty Cells: 0
          Non-Zero Cells: 0
                   New Table  Load Table
                                          Filter
                                                    Options
  20,808 facilities selected
243,922 releases selected
328,681 elements selected
                                                                                   2002 State by Media
                              Value Selected
                                              Risk-related Results
          Table
                  Graph
                         Sorted Table
             Ed it Title
                       Ed it Footnote
                       Set Title/Footnote size K   ^j
                           Source: EPA Risk-Screening Environmental Indicators Model Version 2.1.2
                                   File Name: 2002 State by Media  File Date:
                                     Model Selection: Risk-related Results
         Idle
                                                                                            Memory: 9,344 kt
                                   Custom Graph, Total for 5 States
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                                               1988-2002 TRI data
                                        3-10

-------
                                                       Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
       This tutorial began with a national-level analysis, then narrowed in on the five states with
       the highest risk-related results. The next tutorial will narrow the analysis even further,
       looking more closely at one state.
Tutorial 2. State-Level Analysis

       Now you can take a closer look at an individual state, and what comprises its score.
       Let's look at Indiana, the second-highest ranking state in risk-related impacts. We know
       from looking at the first sorted table in Tutorial 1 that direct water releases are
       responsible for the highest risk-related impacts in Indiana. But what chemicals are
       mostly responsible for these impacts?
                                            Select elements...
Step 2.1.  Perform a State-Level Selection for Indiana

First, limit your selected set to releases from facilities located in Indiana by performing a
new selection. Click on the Select button.  The screen should display your last selection,
which was 'Submission.Year is equal to 2002'.  To add another condition statement,
click on the ' 1' to the left of 'Submission', then click 'Add Condition'. A new text line
will appear.  Click on 'Chemical
Flags.Year Chemical Added'.
then click on 'Facility Location',
then ' State'. In the blank at the
end of the line, type in the
abbreviation for Indiana, 'IN'.
Remember that fields for which
you must type the selection
criteria are case sensitive.  Click
somewhere else in the window
aside from the box you just typed
in, to enter your change (all of
the text in the line will then turn
blue). Your selection statement
should look like the one to the
right. Click Submit. The model
may take a few minutes to
complete the task.
                                           ) Choose records where all  of the following apply:
                                            (T) Submission.Year is equal to 2002
                                            (2.) Facilto Location.State is equal to IN
                                           Enter Description (optional)
                                          r
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                                    1988-2002 TRI data
                                    3-11

-------
                                                     Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
       When the model is done with the selection, the Select elements... screen will disappear.
       The number of facilities, chemical releases, and elements that are selected in your set will
       be displayed in the top right corner of the screen.
       Step 2.2. Results for Indiana, Chemical by Media

       Click on the Custom Tables button at the end of the second row of menu buttons at the
       top of the screen. Now we will look at what chemicals are being released by facilities in
       Indiana, and the media into which they are released.  Click New Table, and select
       'Chemical.Chemical', and 'Release.Media Text'. The selections for your previous table
       will still be displayed, so make sure to deselect them. Similarly, the name of the previous
       table will be displayed in the 'Name' box at the bottom of the screen.  Delete that name,
       and type in a new name for this table, for instance, 'Indiana 2002 Chemical by Media'.
       Hit Run! and the model will create your new table. The table may take a few minutes to
       generate; when it does you will see the following screen:
j-RSEI Version 2.1.2 |
Select
Export Print j Help Data Close j



Start j Selected Facilities Browser 1 Summary j Thematic Maps ] CustomTables
7 by 153
Non-Empty Cells: E
Non-Zero Cells: 46
New Table Load Table Filter
4 Value
Options


Selected [Risk-related Results
| Table Graph j Sorted Table I
Value Pj^E^^HM
I Pet M^^^^^^^l I
M^^^^^^^Bl ,1 ,1 ,2-Tetrachlo
1 Fugitive Air
I 2 Stack Air
I 3 Direct Water
EPCTWTransfe
|7EOOffsitelncine
1 754 Offsite Incine
Sum 	
0.0059
1.528E-07
0.0041
1.065E-07

0.3515
9.037E-06
0

0.3616
9.297E-06
1,1,1-Trichloroetl
0.0023
5.989E-08
0.0448
1.153E-06

0.0741
1.906E-06


0.1213
3.119E-06
1,2,4-TrichlorobE
6.808E-04
1.751E-08
0.0019
4.948E-08




0.0026
6.698E-08
..JSJXJ
954 facilities selected
11,441 releases selected
1 5,1 97 elements selected
f
Indiana 2002 Chemical hy Media
d

| | |
1,2,4-Trimethylbi
5,734
0.1474
7,084
0.1822
964.5
0.0248
162.4
0.0042
0.0165
4.238E-07
0.0885
2.275E-06
13,946
0.3586
-dJ
Idle |
1,2-Dichloroben;
0.6734
1.732E-05
0.0959
2.466E-06
2.304
5.924E-05

0

3.073
7.902E-05
1,2-Dichloroetha
4.657
1.197E-04
1.869
4.805E-05


0.5028
1.293E-05

7.029
1.807E-04
1,3-Butadi
0.
0.
2.222




0.
.d
Memory: 26,752 kb
                  Crosstab Table Chemical by Media for Indiana, 2002
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                               1988-2002 TRI data
3-12

-------
                                                     Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
       If you do not see the rows, click on the plus sign to the right of the first chemical. Each
       cell of this table shows the risk-related score for each chemical-medium combination in
       Indiana.

       To get an idea of the relative contribution of each combination, click on Sorted Table.
       This table shows the individual and cumulative contribution of each chemical-medium
       combination to the total impact in Indiana for 2002, in descending order.
jffiRSEI Version Z.1.2

Select Export Print
Start Selected Facilities Browser


| Help | Data
Summary Thematic Maps
1 by 153 New Table | Load Table Filter
Nun Em|jly Cells. 517
Non-Zero Cells: 464 Value Se
Table I Graph | Sorted Table
[Rank Chemical
m|Mercuty compounds
2 Manganese compounds
3 Chromium
4 Lead compounds
5 Diisocyanates
6 Nickel
7 Manganese
8 Chromium

'"I _l*|x|
954 facilities selected
Close 11,441 releases selected
	 1 5,1 97 elements selected
I CustomTables
I Options I Indiana 2002 Chemical by Media

sleeted | Risk-related Results j*j
MediaText Value
3 Direct Water 2,052,326.081
1 Fugitive Air 201,703.306
2 Stack Air 146,156.369
3 Direct Water 136,774.218
1 Fugitive Air 124,807.911
2 Stack Air 110,481.463
1 Fugitive Air 106,919.791
1 Fugitive Air 100,423.299
9 Polycydic aromatic compounds 3DiredWater 99,283.627
10 Chromium compounds
11 Sulfuricacid
12 Chromium compounds
13 Manganese compounds
14 Nickel
15 Cobalt
Idle
1 Fugitive Air 65,919.143
2 Stack Air 58,196.396
2 Stack Air 49,223.976
2 Stack Air 49,206.382
1 Fugitive Air 47,245.3
2 Stack Air 42,190.758
Percent Cumulative Value Cumulative Percent _±j
52.772 2,052,326.081 52.772 — '
5.186 2.254,029.387 57.958
3.758 2,400,185.756 61.716
3.517 2,536.959.974 65.233
3.209 2,661,767.885 68.442
2.841 2,772,249.348 71.283
2.749 2,879,169.139 74.032
2.582 2,979,592.438 76.615
2.553 3.078,876.065 79.168
1.695 3,144,795.207 80.863
1.496 3,202,991.603 82.359
1.266 3,252,215.579 83.625
1.265 3,301,421.961 84.89
1.215 3,348.667.261 86.105
1.085 3,390,858.019 87.19
Memory: 26,752 kb
                 Sorted Table, Chemical by Media for Indiana, 2002


       You can see from this table that over 52 percent of the calculated score in Indiana for
       2002 is due to direct water releases of Mercury compounds. To look at the rankings only
       by chemical, go back to the Table screen and collapse the rows by clicking on the minus
       sign to the left of 'Media Text', and then click again on the Sorted Table button, as we
       did in Tutorial 1.  The table is shown below. You can see that, when releases to all
       media are considered, Mercury compounds  is the top-ranked chemical, and Manganese
       compounds is the second-ranked chemical.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                               1988-2002 TRI data
3-13

-------
                                                      Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
3& RSEI Version 2. l.Z
Select I Export Print
Start Selected Facilities Browser E
1 by 153 New Table
Non-Zero Cells: 0 Value Selec
Table | Graph Sorted Table |
f 1
Help | Data Close J

urnmary 1 Thematic Maps CustomTatale
Load Table Filter Options

ed Risk-related Results
-Ifll.xl
954 facilities selected
11,441 releases selected
1 5,1 97 elements selected
Indiana 2002 Chemical by Media
__J 	 ^
|Rank Chemical Value Percent Cumulative Value Cumulative Percent •*•!
•JJ| Mercury compounds
2 Manganese compounds
3 Chromium
4 Lead compounds
5 Nickel
6 Manganese
7 Diisocyanates
8 Chromium compounds
9 Polycyclic aromatic compounds
10 Sulfuricacid
11 Cobalt
12 Arsenic compounds
13 Chlorine
14 Nickel compounds
15 Copper compounds
Idle
2,068,456.456 53.187 2,068,456.456
250,964.572 6.453 2,319,421.028
246,873.499 6.348 2,566,294.527
186,204.392 4.788 2,752,498.918
158,652.022 4.079 2,911,150.941
145,635.687 3.745 3,056,786.628
142,448.938 3.663 3,199,235.566
116,271.444 2.99 3,315,507.009
107,927.935 2.775 3,423,434.944
59,280.848 1.524 3,482,715.793
55,132.83 1.418 3,537,848.622
51,926.739 1.335 3,589,775.362
36,036.716 0.927 3,625,812.078
33,351.102 0.858 3,659,163.18
25,086.588 0.645 3,684,249.768

53.187 |
59.64 J
65.987
70.775
74.855
78.6
82.262
85.252
88.027
89.552
90.969
92.304
93.231
94.089
94.734
Memory: 26,752 kb
                    Sorted Table, by Chemical Only for Indiana, 2002
       While in the Sorted Table, you can change the selection in the 'Value Selected' drop-
       down box, and see the rankings of chemicals by TRI Pounds, Hazard, or other model
       results.  You will notice that the rankings can change quite dramatically. The change can
       be for a number of reasons.  One very common reason is illustrated by Zinc compounds,
       which rank first in TRI Pounds, but 44th in the Risk-related Results perspective. The
       reason for this is that approximately 75 million pounds (98 percent of the 76.7 million
       total) of the Zinc compound releases are transferred to off-site recycling or disposal
       facilities or landfilled.  The RSEI model does not consider the risk (if any) that may
       result from  these pathways, so these releases are not reflected in the ranking by Risk-
       related Results.

       Another factor to keep in mind is that while RSEI uses the best available data, inevitably
       some data sets will  contain errors, and some assumptions are made in the absence of
       sufficient data. For instance, in this selection, the top chemical-medium combination by
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                               1988-2002 TRI data
3-14

-------
                                                      Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
       risk-related impact are direct water releases of Mercury compounds. This could simply
       reflect releases that are resulting in high risk-related impact.  However, the results could
       also be affected by some of the data used or the assumptions that are made in modeling
       the water pathways, such as the locations of various points used in the exposure
       modeling: the facility effluent pipe, drinking water intakes, or the number of people
       exposed through drinking water or fishing. The second highest chemical-medium
       combination is fugitive air releases of Manganese compounds, which may be affected by
       the assumptions used in modeling air releases, such as average weather patterns,
       population placement, etc.  RSEI results are at the screening level only, and should be
       followed by further analysis.
       Step 2.3. Time Trend Analysis for High-Ranking Chemicals

       You might want to see the trend in the releases of Indiana's high-ranking chemicals over
       several years, to see if releases and scores are increasing or decreasing. To do this, begin
       by modifying the last selection statement to limit the selected set to releases of these
       chemicals only. Click on the Select button to return to the Select elements...  screen.
       The two statements used in the previous selection will still be showing. Click on the
       circle to left of the first statement, and then click on 'Add Bracket'. The text line, 'all of
       the following apply'  will appear. This is a bracket statement telling the model how to
       interpret the list of conditions that will follow. We are going to add a list of four
       chemicals, and we want releases for any of them to be selected, so click on 'all'  and then
       click on 'any' in the drop down list. The text line should now say 'any of the following
       apply'.

       You will now add your list of chemicals.  Click on the text, 'Chemical Flags. Year
       Chemical Added', and then click on 'Chemical Identifiers', then 'Chemical'.  'Chemical
       Identifiers.Chemical' will show in the text line. Click on the blank at the end of the text
       line, and a screen will pop up that lists all of the chemicals included in the RSEI model.
       Scroll through the list until you come to the first chemical to select, Mercury compounds.
       Click on that chemical, and it will appear in the text line in your selection statement.
       Click on the '3.1' at the beginning of the line, and click 'Add Condition'.  Repeat these
       steps to select Manganese compounds, Chromium, and Lead compounds.

       In order to look at time trends, you need to make another modification to your selection
       statement. In the first condition statement, which says 'Submission.Year is equal to
       2002. click on the 'is  equal to'. Click on 'is between' in the drop down menu. The text
       line should now say ' Submission. Year is between 2002 and	'.  In the first  blank,
       change 2002 to 1995, and add 2002 in the second blank. The model will now select any
Version 2.1.2                                                               1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 3-15

-------
                                                      Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
       releases of the four chemicals in Indiana in the years 1995 through 2002. Note that the
       'is between' operator is inclusive.

       Because you are doing a time trend, it is important not to inadvertently introduce other
       factors into your analysis. For Reporting Year 1998, TRI added a number of new
       industries that had not previously been required to report to TRI.  If these facilities are
       not accounted for in the time trend analysis, the results for 1998 and after will look much
       higher than those for previous years, simply because more facilities are included.  If you
       exclude the new reporters, you will be working with the same set of facilities for all
       years, and so will get a more accurate sense of the trend over time.

       To exclude these facilities, create a new bracket statement by clicking on the first empty
       circle, and clicking on 'Add Bracket'.  In the new line that appears, change the 'all' to
       'none'. Click on the first part of the new condition statement, and select 'Facility
       Industry,' then 'SIC Code 1'. Click on the blank space at the end of the line, and in the
       window that appears, select the first code, 1021 [Copper Ores]. Then add a new
       condition by clicking on the '4.1' at the beginning of the line, and click on 'Add
       Condition'. Then repeat the same steps, but instead of selecting 1031 in the  SIC code
       window.  Do this for each of the following SIC codes: 1041, 1044, 1061, 1099,  1221,
       1222, 1231, 4911, 4931, 4939, 4953, 5169, 5171, and 7389.  Your selection statement
       should look like the one below.

       O Choose records where all of the following apply
              1.  Submission. Year  is between 1995 and 2002
              2. Facility Location.State is equal to IN
              3. any of the following  apply
                    3.1.  Chemical Identifiers.Chemical is equal to Mercury compounds
                    3.2.  Chemical Identifiers.Chemical is equal to Manganese compounds
                    3.3.  Chemical Identifiers.Chemical is equal to Chromium
                    3.4.  Chemical Identifiers.Chemical is equal to Lead compounds
              4. none of the following apply
                    4.1.  Facility Industry.SIC Code 1 is equal to 1021
                    4.2.  Facility Industry.SIC Code 1 is equal to 1031
                    4.3.  Facility Industry.SIC Code 1 is equal to 1041
                    4.4.  Facility Industry.SIC Code 1 is equal to 1044
                    4.5.  Facility Industry.SIC Code 1 is equal to 1061
                    4.6.  Facility Industry.SIC Code 1 is equal to 1099
                    4.7.  Facility Industry.SIC Code 1 is equal to 1221
                    4.8.  Facility Industry.SIC Code 1 is equal to 1222
                    4.9.  Facility Industry.SIC Code 1 is equal to 1231
                    4.10. Facility Industry.SIC Code 1 is equal to 4911

Version 2.1.2                                                               1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 3-16

-------
                                                      Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
                    4.11. Facility Industry.SIC Code 1 is equal to 4931
                    4.12. Facility Industry.SIC Code 1 is equal to 4939
                    4.13. Facility Industry.SIC Code 1 is equal to 4953
                    4.14. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 1 is equal to 5169
                    4.15. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 1 is equal to 5171
                    4.16. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 1 is equal to 7389

       Because this is an intricate and useful query, it is a good idea to save it for later use.
       Type in a description, such as 'Indiana, 1995-2002 top 4 chemicals excluding new
       reporters', in the white box at the bottom of the window.  This is a text description that
       will be saved with your query. Click on 'Save' at the top of the window, and enter a
       shorter name for your query, such as 'Indiana top 4 95-2002 exc new.' The model will
       automatically add a '.qry' extension to your selection name. In the future you can load
       this query and either resubmit it, or use it as the basis for building new selection
       statements.

       Click Submit, and the model will perform the selection. The model may take a few
       minutes to complete the task. When the model is done with the selection, the Select
       elements... screen will disappear. The number of facilities, chemical releases, and
       elements that are selected in your set will be displayed in the top right corner of the
       screen.

       One of the quickest ways to  look at a trend over time is to use the preformatted graphs
       provided.  Click on the Summary button in the second row of menu buttons, then Total
       by Year.  This graph adds together all of the pounds and the scores of all of the chemical
       releases in the selected set and presents them separately for each year in the set. In this
       case, it would be all of the chemical releases of Mercury compounds, Manganese
       compounds, Chromium and  Lead compounds, in Indiana, excluding the new reporters.
       The graph is shown below. Pounds  (as reported in TRI) are shown in green, and
       correspond to the axis on the right side of the graph; the total score is shown in red and
       corresponds to the axis on the left side of the graph. You can  see that both  pounds and
       score have fluctuated over time.  The score increased substantially in 2000, even though
       the amount of pounds was at its lowest point in that year.
Version 2.1.2                                                               1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 3-17

-------
                                                        Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
       RSEI Version 2.1.2
      If	Select	il   Export
      '	'-* ^^^^—^^^^—
Print
         Help
                  Data
                           Close
  399 facilities selected
6,611 releases selected
9,-107 elements selected
      Start    Selected Facilities Browser  | Summary  Thematic Maps  CustomTables
       Total byYear  Yearby Media   Chemical Rank   Facility Rank  CountyRank
                                   Total Score and Pounds by Year
                   1995    1996    1997    1998    1999    2000    2001     2002
                                                                                I Score
                                                                                I Pounds
      Idle
                                                                               Memory: 9,344 kt
            Total by Year Graph for Selected Chemicals in Indiana, 1995-2002
       To try to identify the reason for the increased score in 2000, you can create a new custom
       table by chemical by media by year. Click on the Custom Tables button, and then New
       Table. In the list of dimensions, select 'Chemical. Chemical', 'Submission. Year', and
       'Release.Media Text'. Make sure to deselect any selections from previous runs. In the
       'Name' box, type 'Indiana 1995-2002 Chemical by Media by Year'. Click Run! and
       your table will generate (this may take a few minutes).  Once the query is finished, click
       on Table.  The table should look like the one shown below.  If you do not see media
       listed, click on the plus sign to the right of 'Year',  and the rows showing media will be
       expanded.

       For now, collapse the rows showing media again.  Now you can look just at the scores
       for chemicals by  year. Looking at the totals, it is clear that the jump in score from 1999
       to 2000 is due to  an increase in scores for Mercury compounds.  If you now expand the
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                 1988-2002 TRI data
                3-18

-------
                                                           Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
        rows showing media, you can further identify the reason for the increase.  To make it
        easier, you can use the filter to show only releases for 1999 and 2000.  Click on Filter,
        then click on 'Year', then select 1999 and 2000. You can also click on 'Chemical' and
        select just Mercury compounds. Click on Apply Filters, and this will  limit the number
        of rows showing in the table.  Looking at just the media to which Mercury compounds
        were released in 1999 and 2000, you can see that the jump in score is due to increases in
        the score for direct water releases, which increased from no pounds in  1999 to 2,489,385
        in 2000.
     iSvRSEI Version 2.1.2
Select
Export
Print
Help
Data
Close
      Start
             Selected Facilities Browser
Summary   Thematic Maps
                                                      CustotnTables
209 by 5
Non-Empty Cells: 527
Non-Zero Cells: 125
Table 1 Graph | Sorted
[ New Table j| Load Tab
e Filter Op
ions Indiana19

Value Selected Ris
Table ]
;k-related Results
	 d
                                                      -.Jfllxl
                                            399 facilities selected
                                          6,611 releases selected
                                          9,407 elements selected
                                                                   Indiana 1995-2002 Chemical by Media by Year
        Value
       I Pet
                                         Lead compound Manganese con Mercury compoi	Sum
            1995
                   AGO Und Inj (Unki
                    1 Fugitive Air
                     2 Stack Air
                   3 Direct Water
                   5100nsitel_andl
                   520 Land Treatrr
                   540 Other Land [
                   GPOTWTransfE
  213,773
    1.653
                                   160,837
                                     1.244
                                    0.3056
                                  2.364E-06
                                     2,691
                                    0.0208
 4,592
0.0355
              28,747
              0.2223
             207.349
               1.604
              14,934
              0.1155
125,769
 0.9728
          649,179
            5.021
            5.509
         4.261 E-05
            3.231
         2.499E-05
344,134
 2,662
                      838,763
                       6.487
                      207,355
                       1.604
                       17,628
                       0.1363
     Idle
                                                                                  Memory: 26,752 kb
                    Crosstab Table, Chemical by Media by Year for Top 4
                               Chemicals in Indiana, 1995-2002
        You can also export this table, in order to do calculations in a spreadsheet, for example.
        While viewing your table, simply click on Export in the top row of menu buttons, and
        select the type of file you would like your table to be exported to.  Click on the folder
        icon to the right of the 'Export to File' box at the bottom of the window, and select the
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                               1988-2002 TRI data
             3-19

-------
                                                     Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
       directory in which you would like to store your exported file. The default directory for
       stored files is "C:\Program Files\RSEI\User," but you can export the file anywhere.
       Enter a name at the bottom of the screen and click Save. In the Setup of the data export
       screen, click OK, and the model will export your table. You can then open up the file in
       whatever program you selected.  Your exported table will contain all  of the results fields
       (TRI Pounds, Hazard, Risk-related Results, etc.) in one table.

  ^                                                                               V
   The Table, Graph and Sorted Table functions will always display results based
   on the last crosstab table that was generated.   Even if you perform  a new
   selection using the Select button, these functions will not change until you create
   a new table based on your new selection.
       Step 2.4. Further Analyses

       If you wish to determine what facilities released Mercury compounds in 2000, you could
       go back to the Select elements... screen and add a condition statement by clicking on the
       first empty circle. Modify the condition to read, 'Release.Media Code is equal to 1'.
       This will change your selection to only direct water releases. You could also modify the
       first statement to be 'Submission.Year is equal to 2000.  Then you could create a new
       Custom Table showing Facility Name by Year. This would show you which facilities
       released Mercury compounds as direct water releases in 2000.
Version 2.1.2                                                              1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                3-20

-------
                                                       Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
Tutorial 3. Finding Facility-Level Information

       This tutorial will explain some of the facility-specific features in the RSEI model,
       including GIS capabilities.

       Step 3.1.  Select a Group of Facilities

       In this step, you will make a selection based on the county where the releasing facilities
       are located.

       Click on the Select button at the top left of the menu panel. This brings up the Select
       elements... screen, where you can specify what TRI releases you want to select. Note
       that if you have performed any selections since installing the RSEI model, your last
       selection statement will appear on the Select elements... screen.  To remove it, simply
       click on the Clear button. You will see a line of text on the screen, 'Choose records
       where all of the following apply'.  This is a bracket statement that tells the model what to
       do with the information that comes next. You can change the bracket statement from
       'all' to 'any', 'none', or 'not all'. But for now let it remain 'all'. Click on the circle to
       the left of the text, and select 'Add condition'. The condition statement contains the
       criteria you use to select your releases.

       You will see the following text line:
       1.  Chemical Flags.Year Chemical Added is equal to	
                                              : Select elements...
Click on the first part of the text line, and a drop-down menu will appear. This menu
contains all of the variables
contained in the model that you can
use in your selections.  They are
grouped according to the type of
variable. Because we are selecting
releases for facilities in a certain
place, click on the variable group
'Facility Location'. To the right you
will see another menu with all of the
variables in this group. Click on
'County'.
       The text line will change to ' 1.
       Facility Location.County is equal to
       	'. Click on the blank at the end of
       the statement.  In the window that
,,J Dj xj
                                               Choose records where a|] of the following apply:
                                               (T) Facilfci Location.Counts is equal to ALMONTGOMERY
                                       Enter Description (optional]
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                                    1988-2002 TRI data
                                       5-21

-------
                                                       Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
       appears, select the county (they are grouped alphabetically by state abbreviation). For
       this exercise, scroll down and click on 'AL, Montgomery,' which is Montgomery County
       in Alabama.  This is your completed selection statement, as shown at right. Click
       Submit at the top of the Select elements... screen, and the model will perform the
       selection.  This may take a few minutes to finish.

       When the model is done with the selection, the Select elements... screen will disappear.
       The number of facilities, chemical releases, and elements that are selected in your set will
       be displayed in the top right corner of the screen.  These numbers will remain displayed
       until you select a new set of scores. If you forget what your selection statement was,
       click on these numbers, and a window will appear with your original statement.

       Now we can look at all of the facilities whose scores you have just selected. Click on the
       Selected Facilities Browser button in the second line of the menu panel.  You will see a
       screen with three parts. The  parts work together to provide detailed information on the
       facilities you have selected.  The top part of the screen lists all the facilities whose scores
       have been selected.  The bottom left is a U.S. map you can use to display your selected
       facilities and other options.  The bottom right of the screen displays information about
       the current map display and provides the buttons used to navigate the map and control its
       functions.
Version 2.1.2                                                                1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 3-22

-------
                                                            Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
       RSEI Version 2.1.2
        Select
                  Export
                            Print
                                Help
                                                Data
                                                         Close
            -Ifllx
   29 facilities selected
1,367 releases selected
2,633 elements selected
      Start    | Selected Facilities Browser  Summary   Thematic Maps   CustomTables
                      lereto group by that co
FacilitylD


±1 36116PPLTN...
±I36109NTNLN...
±I36108BRBRP..
                   Name
                   APPLETONWIRE
                                                           St...  ZipCo... Latitude   Longitude Score 20...
                   AUGAT WIRING SYS. INC.
       I 36109SCBFP...
          kiM
                   BARBER DAIRIES INC.
        36105CCCLB3... COCA-COLA BOTTLING CO....
                   CONGRAFOODS
                                         MONTGOMERY
                                                           AL  36116
                                         MONTGOMERY
                                                           AL
                                         MONTGOMERY
                                         MONTGOMERY
                                         MONTGOMERY
                                                           AL
                                                           AL

                                                               36109
                                                               36103
                                                               36105
                                                           AL  36108
                                                                       32.3140  -86.2203 O.OOE+00
                                                                       32.4094
                                                                       32.3489
                                                                       32.2917
                                                                              -86.2378
                                                                              -86.3225
                                                                              -86.3347
                                                                       32.31921  -86.3522I O.OOE+OoLd
                                                                                     O.OOE+00
                                                                                     O.OOE+00
                                                                                     O.OOE+QO
                                                            Latitude: 32.01.49.01N
                                                            Longitude: 74.08.46.02W
                                                            North-South: 2850.81 km
                                                            East-West: 5067.31 km
                                                            Area: 14,445,951 sq km
                                                            Altitude: 565,843.0 (internal units)
                                                            Information
                                                            You clicked on:
                                                             Latitude: 30.12.47.00N
                                                             Longitude: 74.08.46.02W
                                                                                           d
     Idle
                                                                                   Memory: 27,776kb
                               The Selected Facilities Browser
        Step 3.2. Getting Information About a Facility

        Facility Information, Submissions, Releases and Scores
        Double-click on the first facility name in the selected facilities list. You will see two
        options, 'Submissions' and 'Full Facility Record'.  The latter option provides all of the
        information included in the model about this facility- its address, stack parameters,
        public contacts, etc.  Double-click on 'Full Facility Record' or click on the plus sign to
        the left of the text to see all of the information.  Then click on the minus sign at the far
        left to collapse it again. Expanding the  'Submission' option shows each chemical release
        that this facility has submitted to TRI. Double-click on a chemical name, then expand
        the 'Releases' option, and the model will show you the releases of that chemical - that is,
        the media that the chemical is being released to, as well as the total pounds released, and
        the total score.  Double-click on the name of the media, and then on 'Scores' and the
        model will show you the score (the Risk-related Results of the model) for that chemical
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                                            1988-2002 TRI data
                                         3-23

-------
                                                       Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
       release to that media.  To hide any of these records, simply click on the small minus sign
       at the beginning of the row. The list works like a directory tree that you can expand and
       collapse to see different levels.
       Facility Location

       You can also see where on the map your facility is located. With the facility name, or
       any part of the facility's submission record highlighted, click on the facility location icon
       in the lower right portion of your screen. The map will zoom into the state where your
       facility is located, and show you its exact location with concentric circles. If you click on
       the arrow to the right of the facility location icon, then 'Stream Path', the map will also
       display the nearest stream reach to that facility, and its path out to a larger receiving
       waterbody (such as a river, lake or ocean).  If the facility ships waste to a landfill, POTW
       (Publicly-Owned Treatment Works), or other off-site facility, you can click on the
       'Receiving Facility' option in the same menu to have the map zoom in on that facility.
       Similarly, you can map its stream path. If there is no associated receiving facility, the
       model will do nothing. TRI reporting facilities are shown as circles,  and off-site
       (receiving) facilities are shown as squares.  If you are not zoomed in  close enough for the
       model to graph the stream path, when you click on that function, the model will just
       show you the concentric circles identifying where your facility is located. Zoom in on
       the area to see the stream path by clicking on the zoom-in icon. @
       Population Around the Facility

       By using the grid icon in the bottom right
       portion of your screen, you can map the
       population distribution around your
       facility. Click on the down arrow to the
       right of the icon, then select 'Population.'
       The map will show the population density
       in shades of green to blue, where blue is
       the most densely populated. The bottom
       right portion of the screen shows the
       legend, the name of the facility around
       which the population is being mapped,
       and the range, mean, sum, and standard deviation of the distribution. These statistics
       relate to the 1 km by 1 km grid cells which form the geographic basis of the model. For
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                1988-2002 TRI data
3-24

-------
                                                      Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
       instance, if the legend displays 1.000-6.000 for a certain shade of blue, that means that all
       of the grid cells colored that shade have between 1 and 6 people in them.
       Air Concentrations Around the Facility

       You can also use the grid icon to model air concentrations. Go to the list of selected
       facilities at the top, and click on a entry in the 'Releases' level (click on 'Submissions',
       then click on a chemical, then select a release).  It must be either a stack or fugitive air
       release to be mapped.  Once you have
       selected one, then click on the
       'Concentration' option in the same drop-
       down menu to the right of the grid icon.
       The model will display the distribution of
       air concentrations (in |ig/m3) of that
       release around the facility. Areas of
       higher concentration are shown in blue.
       The bottom right hand portion of the
       screen shows the map's legend, and
       describes the facility and release in blue,
       and then shows in black the range, mean,
       sum  and standard deviation of the
       distribution.
       To remove any graphing from your map, click on the Cells button, then Change Theme.
       In the dialog box under value, select 'None', then click OK.  Any graphing on your map
       will be cleared. For more detail on map functions, please see Chapter 6.
       Step 3.3.  Further Analyses

       The steps outlined above should give you a good idea about one particular facility.
       However, the model contains much more information that can show you how that facility
       has been performing over time, or how it ranks in comparison to all facilities in the
       country, or facilities in similar geographic areas, or in similar industries.

       To do a time trend analysis to see if a facility's risk-related score is getting better or
       worse over time, first do a selection based just on that facility. The easiest way is to
       simply use  the Facility ID, the first  column in the Selected Facilities Browser, then go
       back to the Select elements... screen, and create a new selection statement with a
       condition that says 'Facility Identifier.Facility ID is equal to X', where X is the Facility

Version 2.1.2                                                                1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 3-25

-------
                                                      Chapter 3: Quick Start Tutorials
       ID from the Selected Facilities Browser (you can copy the Facility ID from the Selected
       Facilities Browser by right-clicking on the ID, then typing Control-C to copy the ID to
       the Windows clipboard.  You can then paste the ID in the selection statement, or in any
       other Windows program by typing Control-V). When the model is done with the
       selection, you can click on the Summary button in the second line of the menu panel,
       and see preformatted graphs that show total score and pounds by year, and total pounds
       and total score by media by year.

       To see how your facility ranks in relation to other facilities, first select a set that includes
       your facility and all of the facilities to which you want to compare it, for instance, all
       facilities nationwide in 2002. Your selection statement in the Select elements... screen
       would say 'Submission.Year is equal to 2002.' This selects all releases from all facilities
       in 2002. When the model is done with your selection, click on the Custom Tables
       button. Follow the directions under that heading in Chapter 8 to make a crosstab table of
       your results.  If you make a table using Facility Name and SIC code as row and column
       variables, then you can click  on the Sorted Table button to see a ranking of all the
       facilities in order of highest score (or pounds, depending on what 'Summary' you have
       selected) to lowest score. If you want to look at the facilities that are in the same industry
       as yours, then apply the filter to 'SIC Code 1', and select just your facility's SIC Code.
       Then click back to the Sorted Table, to see a ranking of all the facilities just in that SIC
       code.

       These tutorials have provided a brief introduction to the advanced functions of the RSEI
       model. All of the functions mentioned here are explained in greater detail in the
       following chapters of this manual.  Also included are reference tables listing all of the
       selection criteria used in the model, the data available for viewing, and various codes
       used in the  model. All of this information relates to the Advanced RSEI interface.  If you
       ever want to go back to Easy  RSEI for commonly-used tables or the on-line tutorials,
       simply click on the Switch to Welcome Screen button at the bottom left of the Welcome
       to Advanced RSEI screen
Version 2.1.2                                                                1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 3-26

-------
CHAPTER 4
Viewing  Data
       Most of the data used by the RSEI model can be viewed by clicking on the Data button
       at the top of the screen.15 This opens up the Data browser screen.

       This screen groups the data by data set.  Each data set is a Paradox table in the 'Database'
       directory on your hard drive.  The data set name is displayed at the top left of the screen;
       click on the arrow and scroll through the list to change data sets.  In the boxes to the
       right, you can search fields for specific values.  Simply select the desired field in the
       'Search' box, and then enter the value in the 'Search for' box, and click 'Go.' Each data
       set  is ordered by its own unique internal ID number.  Some tables can be sorted by more
       than one field. Other sorting possibilities will be displayed in the 'Sort' box. Click on
       any options in the box to change how the table  is sorted in the display.
users.
                 Data browser
                 Export |
          Close
Dataset (

Sort
                               _lJ
  Search Category

Search for
                               The Data Browser Screen
ScoreCategoryf Category (Model InhaleTox | _f_
t °
_ !
2
_ 3
4
_ 5
_ 6
7
8
_ 9
_ 10
_ 11
12
_ 13
14
_ 15
Unknown Error 0 0
Direct Fugitive Air - Rural 1 1
Direct Fugitive Air - Urban 1 1
Direct Point Air -Rural 1 1
Direct Point Air -Urban 1 1
Direct Water 1 0
Onsite Landfill 1 0
PDTW Effluent 1 0
PDTW Volatilization -Rural 1 1
PDTW Volatilization -Urban 1 1
PDTW Sludge Landfill 1 0
PDTWSIudgeVolat -Rural 1 1
PD TW S ludge Volat - U rban 1 1
Off site Incineration - Rural 1 1
Off site Incineration - Urban 1 1
Off site Landfill 1 0 _rj
       5 A small portion of the data used by the model is formatted in such a way that it cannot be viewed by
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                          1988-2002 TRI data
                           4-1

-------
                                                                  Chapter 4: Viewing Data
       You can move through the records in each data set using the arrows at the top of the
       screen, or by using your keyboard arrow keys.  To export a table, click on the Export
       button at the top left. Data sets can be exported to a variety of text, database, and
       spreadsheet files.  However, some of the data sets are very large, and may exceed the
       record limit of some formats, as well as take a substantial amount of time to export. Note
       that if exporting to Excel, the 'Excel spreadsheet' option is much faster than  exporting to
       'Excel file.'

       The following sections describe each data set, its variables, how it is used in  the model,
       and its sources.
Category Data

       This data set is a lookup table that lists the codes used to categorize how releases are
       modeled. The score category codes resemble the media codes that are reported by TRI
       facilities, but also include information on how the model is able to deal with specific
       kinds of releases.
                               Table 4-1.  Category Data
                    Variable
       Description
              ScoreCategory         Codes corresponding to the medium into which the
                                   chemical is released. Examples of the information
                                   include: direct air releases from the stack using a
                                   "rural" air dispersion model, fugitive air releases,
                                   releases to an on-site landfill.  [See Table 9-3 in
                                   Chapter 9 for descriptions]
              Category              Descriptions of release media and other descriptors
                                   corresponding with the score category codes. [See
                                   Table 9-3 in Chapter 9 for descriptions]
              Model                A dummy variable that is ' 1' when that category can
                                   be modeled and '0' when it cannot.
              InhaleTox             A dummy variable that is ' 1' when the model requires
                                   a inhalation toxicity score to model this kind of
                                   release and '0'  when it does not.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                 1988-2002 TRI data
4-2

-------
                                                                Chapter 4: Viewing Data
Census Data
       RSEI Census data are contained in two tables, Census 00 (data from the 2000 Census)
       and Census 90 (data from the 1990 Census). These two tables contain the Census data
       that has been transposed onto the RSEI model grid.  See Chapter 1 for a description of
       how Census data are used in the model.  Each Census table is over 600 Mbytes in size.
       They cannot be exported. Census data have been provided by Geolytics, Inc., and were
       last updated in the fall of 2001.
                             Table 4-2. Census 90 Data

                     Variable                     Description

               X                  Assigned grid cell value based on latitude.

               Y                  Assigned grid cell value based on longitude.

               MaleOto9 through      The number of people in the grid cell in each
               Female65andUp       Census subpopulation group in the year 1990.

               Count               The number of blocks with area assigned to the
               	grid cell.	
                             Table 4-3. Census 00 Data

                     Variable                     Description

               X                  Assigned gridcell value based on latitude.

               Y                  Assigned grid cell value based on longitude.

               MaleOto9 through      The number of people in the grid cell in each
               Female65andUp       Census subpopulation group in the year 2000.

               Count               The number of blocks with area assigned to the
               	grid cell.	
Version 2.1.2                                                                 1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  4-3

-------
                                                             Chapter 4: Viewing Data
Chemical Data
       This data set lists all of the chemical-specific information used by the model.  The data
       can be grouped into four categories:

             Chemical identifiers include CAS numbers and chemical names.

             Chemical toxicity information includes all of the information used to construct
             toxicity weights for each chemical. Of the 612 chemicals on the 2002 TRI
             Reporting list, 429 chemicals have toxicity information included in the model.
             The sources of these values, in the order of most to least preferred, are EPA's
             Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS); EPA Office of Pesticide Programs'
             Toxicity Tracking Reports (OPP); Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease
             Registry final, published chronic MRLs (ATSDR); California Environmental
             Protection Agency's Office of Environmental Health Hazard Assessment final,
             published toxicity values (Cal/EPA); EPA's Health Effects Assessment Summary
             Tables (HEAST); and Final Derived/Interim Derived Toxicity Weights (Derived)
             estimated by EPA's Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics.  In cases where
             none of the above sources had sufficient data, other secondary sources were
             consulted and reviewed by EPA experts (Derived). Chemical toxicity data are
             reviewed and updated on a continuing basis.  See Technical Appendix A for
             toxicity values.

             Chemical Properties information includes all of the physicochemical properties
             used to model the fate and transport of the chemicals in the environment.
             Experimental and estimated data are used, most of it obtained from sources
             published by Syracuse Research Corporation (SRC). These data are also
             reviewed and updated continuously. See Technical Appendix B for details on
             each parameter.

             Chemical Flags are markers that can be used to select chemicals that are
             designated in specific ways, usually by EPA.  Examples include Hazardous Air
             Pollutants (HAPs), or chemicals regulated under the Safe Drinking Water Act
             (SOWA). The chemical flags were last comprehensively checked against each
             relevant list in the spring of 2004.
Version 2.1.2                                                              1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 4-4

-------
                                                                        Chapter 4: Viewing Data
                                  Table 4-4.  Chemical Data
                Variable
        CASNumber



        CASStandard



        ChemicalNumber

        Category

        SortCAS



        SortName


        FullChemicalName

        Chemical

        Added

        Toxicity Source

        RfCInhale
        RfCUF




        RfCMF



        RfCConf


        RfCSource

        RfCListingDate
                        Description
Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number, which identifies a
unique chemical. For chemical categories, CAS Numbers begin with
"N", followed by three digits.

The Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number identifies a unique
chemical. The standard format contains three sets of numbers
divided by hyphens (00-00-0).

Unique internal identifier.

This identifier is not yet active.

Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number, which identifies a
unique chemical, formatted for sorting (no hyphens). For chemical
categories, CAS Numbers begin with "N", followed by three digits.

Common name of chemical, with initial modifiers moved to end of
name. Used for internal sorting purposes.

Full scientific name(s) of the chemical.

Common name(s) of the chemical.

The year the chemical was added to the Toxics Release Inventory.

All sources used for toxicity data, and date of addition to database.

The inhalation reference concentration (RfC) is defined as "an
estimate (with uncertainty spanning perhaps an order of magnitude)
of a continuous inhalation exposure to the human population
(including sensitive subgroups) that is likely to be without
appreciable risk of deleterious noncancer health effects during a
lifetime" (U.S. EPA, 1994). Units are mg/m3.

The uncertainty factor (UF) is applied to the no-observed-adverse-
effect level (NOAEL) upon which the RfC is based, thereby reducing
the dose. The UF accounts for uncertainties in extrapolation from
experimental data to an estimate appropriate to humans.

The modifying factor (MF) is a value applied to the NOAEL when
scientific uncertainties in the study chosen for estimating the RfC are
not explicitly addressed by the standard UFs.

Confidence levels are assigned to the study used to derive the RfC,
the overall database, and to the RfC itself.

Source used for the RfC value.

Date that RfC was listed, if available.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                   1988-2002 TRI data
               4-5

-------
                                                                         Chapter 4: Viewing Data
                                  Table 4-4.   Chemical Data
                Variable
                         Description
        RfDOral
        RfDUF
        RfDMF



        RfDConf


        RfDListingDate

        RfD Source

        UnitRisklnhale



        QSTAROral



        WOE
        UnitRiskListingDate
The oral reference dose (RfD) is "an estimate (with uncertainty
spanning perhaps an order of magnitude) of a daily exposure [by
ingestion] to the human population (including sensitive subgroups)
that is likely to be without an appreciable risk of deleterious effects
during a lifetime" (Barnes, 1988). (mg/kg-day)

The uncertainty factor (UF) is applied to the no-observed-adverse-
effect level (NOAEL) upon which the RfD is based, thereby
reducing the dose. The UF accounts for uncertainties in
extrapolation from experimental data to an estimate appropriate to
humans.

The modifying factor (MF) is a value applied to the NOAEL when
scientific uncertainties in the study chosen for estimating the RfD are
not explicitly addressed by the standard UFs.

Confidence levels are assigned to the study used to derive the RfD,
the overall database, and to the RfD itself.

Date that RfD was listed, if available.

Source used for the RfD value.

The unit inhalation risk is the excess lifetime risk due to a
"continuous constant lifetime exposure of one unit of carcinogen
concentration"(51 FR 33998). (1/mg/m3)

The oral cancer slope factor (q/): a measure of the incremental
lifetime risk of cancer by oral intake  of a chemical, expressed as risk
per mg/kg-day.  (1/mg/kg-day)

Weight of evidence (WOE) categories indicate how likely a chemical
is to be a human carcinogen, based on considerations of the quality
and adequacy of data and the type  of responses induced by the
suspected carcinogen. EPA WOE classifications include the
following categories and associated definitions (51 FR 33996):
A       Carcinogenic to  humans
B       Probable carcinogen based on:
 •B1   Limited human evidence
 •B2   Sufficient evidence in animals and inadequate or no
        evidence in humans
C       Possible carcinogen
D       Not classifiable
E       Evidence of non-carcinogenicity

Date that Unit Risk was listed, if available.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                    1988-2002 TRI data
                4-6

-------
                                                                         Chapter 4: Viewing Data
                                  Table 4-4.  Chemical  Data
                Variable
                         Description
        UnitRiskSource

        QStarListingDate

        QStarSource

        WOEListingDate

        WOESource

        ITW


        OTW


        ToxicityClassOral


        ToxicityClassInhale


        Toxicity Category


        AirDecay


        Koc


        H2ODecay


        LOGKOW




        Kd



        WaterSolubility


        POTWPartitionRemoval
Source used for the Unit Risk value.

Date that QStar was listed, if available.

Source used for the QStar value.

Date that WOE was listed, if available.

Source used for the WOE classification.

Inhalation Toxicity Weight: the RSEI toxicity weight for a chemical
for the inhalation pathway.

Oral Toxicity Weight: the RSEI toxicity weight for a chemical for
the oral pathway.

This indicates whether the toxicity weight for the oral pathway is
based on cancer or noncancer health effects.

This indicates whether the toxicity weight for the inhalation pathway
is based on cancer or noncancer health effects.

This indicates whether the oral and inhalation toxicity weights are
based on cancer health effects, non-cancer health effects, or both.

The rate at which a chemical degrades in air, due primarily to
photooxidation by radicals (hr"1).

The organic carbon-water partition coefficient, used in estimates of
chemical sorption to soil  (mL/g).

The rate at which a chemical degrades in water, due to abiotic
hydrolysis, biodegradation, or photolysis (hr"1).

The logarithm of the octanol-water partition coefficient.  Kow is the
ratio of a chemical's concentration in the octanol phase to its
concentration in the aqueous phase at equilibrium in a two-phase
octanol/water system.

The soil-water partition, or distribution, coefficient.  For organics,
the value is often estimated as the product of Koc and foc (the fraction
of organic carbon in the soil) (L/kg).

The amount of chemical that dissolves in water at a particular
temperature (mg/L).

Percent of chemical removed from the wastewater by the POTW
(Publicly Owned Treatment Works).
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                    1988-2002 TRI data
                4-7

-------
                                                                        Chapter 4: Viewing Data
                                  Table 4-4.  Chemical Data
                Variable
                         Description
        POTW PartitionSludge


        POTW PartitionVolat


        POTW PartitionBiod


        IncineratorDRE


        BCF


        Henrys


        MCL



        Molecular Weight


        T33/50Flag




        HAPFlag


        CAAFlag

        PriorityPollutantFlag


        SDWAFlag



        CERCLAFlag
Percent of total POTW removal efficiency attributable to sorption of
the chemical to sewage sludge.

Percent of total POTW removal efficiency attributable to
volatilization of the chemical.

Percent of total POTW removal efficiency attributable to
biodegradation of the chemical.

Destruction/removal efficiencies, expressed as the percent of
chemical fed to the incinerator that is not released to the air.

Bioconcentration factor: the ratio of a chemical's concentration in
fish to its concentration in water at equilibrium (L/kg).

Henry's law constant: the ratio of a chemical's concentration in the
air to its concentration in the water at equilibrium (atm*m3/mol).

Maximum Contaminant Level, which is EPA's national primary
drinking water standard for the chemical. This is the current value;
historical data are contained in the table, 'MCL.'

The mass in grams of one mole of molecules of a chemical
compound.

This flag is a marker which indicates that the chemical is included in
EPA's 33/50 program, a program in which facilities voluntarily
reduce their chemical releases by 33 percent and 50 percent by
certain dates.

This flag marks the chemicals that are hazardous air pollutants, as
defined by the Clean Air Act.

This flag marks the chemicals that are Clean Air Act pollutants.

This flag marks the chemicals that are priority pollutants, as defined
by the Clean Water Act.

This flag marks the chemicals that have national primary or
secondary drinking water standards under the Safe Drinking Water
Act.

This flag marks the chemicals that are regulated under Superfund
(CERCLA—the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act).
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                    1988-2002 TRI data
                4-8

-------
                                                                        Chapter 4: Viewing Data
                                 Table 4-4.  Chemical Data
                Variable
                        Description
        OSHACarcinogens
        ExpansionFlag


        CoreChemicalFlag




        MiniCoreChemicalFlag




        Core98ChemicalFlag




        HPVFlag


        HPVChallengeValue



        PBTFlag
This flag indicates whether the chemical is a known or suspect
human carcinogen based on OSHA criteria (U.S. EPA, 1998).
Known human carcinogens are defined as those that have been
shown to cause cancer in humans. Suspect human carcinogens have
been shown to cause cancer in animals. The list of chemicals
flagged as OSHA carcinogens is based on the list of carcinogens
provided in the 1997 TRI Public Data Release.16

This flag marks the chemicals that were added to the Section 313
toxic chemical list for reporting beginning in 1995.

This flag marks the chemicals that are  common to all reporting years
of TRI and that have had no modifications of reporting requirements,
as determined by the 1988 Core Chemical List found on the TRI
Explorer website.

This flag marks the chemicals that are  common to TRI reporting
years 1995 through 2002 and that have had no modifications of
reporting requirements in that time period, as determined by the 1995
Core Chemical List found on the TRI Explorer website.

This flag marks the chemicals that are  common to TRI reporting
years 1998 through 2002 and that have had no modifications of
reporting requirements in that time period, as determined by the 1998
Core Chemical List found on the TRI Explorer website.

Indicates whether the chemical is designated as  a High Production
Chemical.

Describes the value or combination of values assigned to the
chemical by EPA's HPV Challenge program to  describe the
chemical's status under the program.

Indicates whether EPA has designated this chemical as a priority
chemical under the Persistent Bioaccumulative and Toxic (PBT)
Chemical Program.
        16Even if a chemical is flagged as an OSHA carcinogen, its toxicity weight for a given exposure pathway
may not be based on its carcinogenic effects.  For example, a chemical that causes both carcinogenic and
noncarcinogenic effects when inhaled may have a higher inhalation toxicity weight associated with noncarcinogenic
effects than with its carcinogenic effects. If you wish to view all chemicals that have inhalation toxicity weights
based on cancer health effects, see the Toxicity Class - Inhale field. To obtain a list of chemicals that have toxicity
weights based only on cancer health effects, see the Toxicity Category field.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                   1988-2002 TRI data
               4-9

-------
                                                                 Chapter 4: Viewing Data
                               Table 4-4. Chemical Data
               Variable
                      Description
       Metal




       User Tags 1 through 5


       HasTox


       MaxTW
This flag indicates whether the chemicals are metals and also
whether they are core chemicals. (Core chemicals are those that are
common to all reporting years of TRI and which have had no
modifications of reporting requirements.)

Using these tags, you can select a set of chemicals based on your
own selection criteria.

Indicates that the chemical has a toxicity weight (either oral or
inhalation) in the data set.

Shows the greater of the two possible toxicity weights (oral or
inhalation).
County  Data
       This data set is based on U.S. Census data, and was last updated in August 2000.  Total
       county population is taken directly from U.S. Census bureau estimates (these data are not
       directly used in the model). Total fishing population is obtained from state counts of
       county-specific records on hunting and fishing licenses, where available. The fishing
       population is used to model the ingestion of contaminated fish in one of the two surface
       water pathways.  In the model, the total fishing population is adjusted for family size (to
       take into account the family of the licensed fisher who also eat the caught fish), and 95
       percent of the total is considered to be recreational fishers, and 5 percent are considered
       to be subsistence fishers; the variable in this data set is the unadjusted number of licensed
       fishers only. The fishing population data were collected and added to the model for the
       first time in August 2000.  See Chapter V of the Methodology document for details.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                               1988-2002 TRI data
             4-10

-------
                                                                   Chapter 4: Viewing Data
                                 Table 4-5.  County Data
               Variable
                       Description
       FIPS

       Name
       Latitude
       Longitude
       AreaSqKm
       WaterAreaSqKm
       Population! 998 through
       Populationl 970
FIPS (Federal Information Processing Standard) code which
identifies the county associated with the facility
State, County
Latitude in decimal degrees of the county centroid.
Longitude in decimal degrees of the county centroid.
County area in square kilometers.
Area of the county that is covered with water in square kilometers.
Total midyear population of each county for year indicated.
       TotalFishingPopulation     Number of people in each county with fishing licenses.
CountyExp Data
        This data set is used in conjunction with the total population data in the 'County' data set
        to construct detailed yearly population estimates. These data were last updated in August
        2000.  All of the data are from the U.S. Census Bureau.  These data are not used directly
        by the RSEI model.
                              Table 4-6.  CountyExp  Data
               Variable
                       Description
       FIPS
       Year
       MaleOto9 through
       Female65Up
FIPS (Federal Information Processing Standard) code which
identifies the county.
Year (1988 through 1998) of the record's data.
Fields showing number of people in each indicated demographic
group for the indicated year for the indicated county.  These fields
are mutually exclusive (they sum to the total number of people in the
county).	
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                1988-2002 TRI data
              4-11

-------
                                                                     Chapter 4: Viewing  Data
Elements Data
        This table lists unique Indicator Elements and their attributes.  All of these data are
        internal to the RSEI model, and are used solely for modeling purposes.  It is shown for
        comprehensiveness only, and is unlikely to be useful to users.  This table is approximately
        400 Mbytes in size. It cannot be exported.
                                 Table 4-7.  Elements Data
                Variable
                       Description
        ElementNumber

        ReleaseNumber

        PoundsPT


        Score Category
        Score

        Population

        ScoreA


        PopA

        ScoreB

        PopB

        ScoreC

        PopC

        ScoreD

        PopD

        ScoreE

        PopE
Unique internal identifier.

Unique internal identifier.

Total pounds after any treatment by POTWs or other off-site
facilities.

Codes corresponding to the medium into which the chemical is
released. Examples of the information include: direct air releases
from the stack using a "rural" air dispersion model, fugitive air
releases, releases to an on-site landfill. [See Table 9-3 in Chapter 9
for descriptions]

Total Indicator Element score.

Total population exposed.

Indicator Element score for children 0 through 9 years of age
(inclusive).

Number of children 0 through 9 years of age (inclusive) exposed.

Indicator Element score for children between 10 and 17 (inclusive).

Number of children  between 10 and 17 (inclusive) exposed.

Indicator Element score for adults 18 through 44 (inclusive).

Number of adults 18 through 44 (inclusive) exposed.

Indicator Element score for adults 45 through 64 (inclusive).

Number of adults 45 through 64 (inclusive) exposed.

Indicator Element score for adults 65 years old and older.

Number of adults 65 years old and older exposed.	
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                  1988-2002 TRI data
              4-12

-------
                                                                Chapter 4: Viewing Data
Facility Data
       This data set is a combination of TRI Reported data, and derived data used to model
       emissions from the facilities. Each case is noted after the variable description in the table
       below.

       Derived stack parameter data were primarily collected from two national EPA databases
       (AFS and NET).  These data were last collected in 2001.17 Facilities are matched where
       possible- i.e., facility-specific parameters are used. For facilities that cannot be matched,
       median values at the 3-digit SIC code level are used.  If that is not possible, in cases
       where the TRI facility did not submit a valid SIC code, or there are no facilities for that
       SIC code in the two EPA databases, median values for all SIC codes are used. The
       AFS/NET data are supplemented by a one-time data pull conducted in 1998 from three
       state databases containing facility-specific data.  The states involved are Wisconsin, New
       York and California. Only data for facilities that were not matched through AFS/NET
       were used from these databases.  Starting in Reporting Year (RY) 1998, electric utilities
       are required to report to TRI. Because their stack parameters  are generally quite different
       from other facilities, facility-specific data collected by the Electric Power Research
       Institute (EPRI) were used to represent these facilities. In cases where facilities falling in
       the electric utility SIC codes could not be matched, the overall median of all coal and gas
       electric utilities from EPRFs data set was used.  For the complete method used in this
       process, see Technical Appendix  E.

       The derived facility location data are the result of a general quality-assurance process
       performed on the locations of the TRI reporting facilities and  the off-site facilities.  The
       TRI reporting facilities, as contained in this data set, have been assigned new latitude and
       longitude coordinates in cases where the submitted data did not pass basic QA checks, as
       performed in 1996 or in the current year. Several data sources were used, including
       historical EPA data, EPA's Locational Reference Table (LRT), and geocoded coordinates
       generated by a commercial firm, Thomas Computing Services, based on the facility's
       reported  street address.  For each facility, a 'best' set of coordinates was selected based
       on the confidence levels associated with each set of possible coordinates.  For a complete
       account of this process,  see Technical Appendix D.

       The SIC  code data are based on the primary and additional five SIC codes reported by
       facilities on each Form R. Facilities may submit multiple Form R's, and so may report
       17 For reporting years when data is not collected, the previous year's data are used for all facilities that
reported in the previous year. Newly-reporting facilities are assigned SIC-code based defaults where possible;
otherwise the overall default is used.

Version 2.1.2                                                                  1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 4-13

-------
                                                                     Chapter 4: Viewing Data
        more than six SIC codes in total, and more than one primary SIC code. Because sector-
        based analyses are an important component of RSEI, facility reporting data are processed
        to make them easier to use.  For any facility that has multiple primary SIC codes, RSEI
        assigns the most frequently reported.  If more than five additional SIC codes are reported,
        RSEI assigns the five most frequently reported as SIC Codes 2 through 6. Users can use
        the other fields to make selections at a more aggregated level (2 or 3-digit SIC Codes).
        For details,  see Technical Appendix F.
                                 Table 4-8.  Facility Data
               Variable
                       Description
         Facility ID
         FacilityNumber
         Latitude
         Longitude
         DataSource
         X
         Y
         StackHeight
         StackVelocity
         StackDiameter

         StackHeightSource
         StackDiameterSource
         StackVelocity Source
         RadialDistance
         Name
         Street
         City
         County
         State
Unique TRI identifier for facility. (As Reported)
Unique internal identifier.  (Derived)
Final latitude of the facility in decimal degrees. (Derived)
Final longitude of the facility in decimal degrees.  (Derived)
This variable is not yet active.
Assigned grid value based on latitude. (Derived)
Assigned grid value based on longitude. (Derived)
Height of facility stack that is emitting the pollutant (m). (Derived)
Rate at which the pollutant exits the stack (m/s). (Derived)
Diameter of facility stack that is emitting the pollutant (m).
(Derived)
Source of information on stack height. (Derived)
Source of information on stack diameter.  (Derived)
Source of information on stack velocity. (Derived)
Distance from approximate center point of grid. (Derived)
TRI facility name. (As Reported)
Street address of facility. (As Reported)
City where the TRI facility is located. (As Reported)
County where the TRI facility is located.  (As Reported)
State in which the facility is located.  (As Reported)
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                  1988-2002 TRI data
               4-14

-------
                                                                         Chapter 4: Viewing Data
                                   Table 4-8.   Facility Data
                Variable
                        Description
         FIPS


         STFIPS


         ZIPCode

         DUNS


         Region




         FederalFacilityFlag



         ParentName



         ParentDUNS


         PublicContactName

         PublicContactPhone


         SICCodel



         SICCode2


         SICCodeS


         SICCode4


         SICCodeS
FIPS (Federal Information Processing Standard) code which
identifies the county associated with the facility. (As Reported)

FIPS (Federal Information Processing Standard) code which
identifies the state associated with the facility. (As Reported)

Facility ZIP code. (As Reported)

The 9-digit number assigned by Dun & Bradstreet for the facility or
establishment within the facility.  (As Reported)

EPA region where facility is located.  There are 10 EPA regions.
Any information which cannot be matched to an actual EPA region
(e.g., an unrecognized ZIP code) is assigned to a dummy region
(called UK). (As Reported)

Code describing federal status for purposes of Executive Order
12856. (C commercial; F = federal; G= government contractor).
(As Reported)

Name of the corporation or other business entity located in the U.S.
that directly owns at least 50 percent of the voting stock of the
facility. (As Reported)

The 9-digit number assigned by Dun & Bradstreet for the US parent
company.  (As Reported)

Name submitted by TRI facility as public contact.  (As Reported)

Phone number submitted by TRI facility for public contact. (As
Reported)

Facility's 4-digit SIC code designated as "primary" by facility on
Form R. If no primary SIC is designated, the field displays "MR."
(Derived)

Facility's most frequently reported non-primary 4-digit SIC code.
(Derived)

Facility's second most frequently reported non-primary 4-digit SIC
code.  (Derived)

Facility's third most frequently reported non-primary 4-digit SIC
code.  (Derived)

Facility's fourth most frequently reported non-primary 4-digit SIC
code.  (Derived)
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                     1988-2002 TRI data
                4-15

-------
                                                                       Chapter 4: Viewing Data
                                  Table 4-8.  Facility Data
               Variable
                       Description
         SICCode6


         Multiple Primary SIC


         SICCodeSame2Digit


         SICCode2Digit

         SICCodeSDigit

         NPDESPermit


         RCRANumber


         NearStream


         DistancetoStream


         WBANID


         DistancetoWBAN


         SubmitLat


         SubmitLong


         PreferredLat

         PreferredLong

         OnTribalLand


         TribalLandName

         SK
Facility's fifth most frequently reported non-primary 4-digit SIC
code.  (Derived)

Code that indicates whether the facility designated multiple SIC
codes as primary on Form R's submitted. (Derived)

This code uses all SIC codes reported by a facility to arrive at a
single 2-digit code for the facility, if applicable.  (Derived)

First 2 digits of facility's primary SIC code. (Derived)

First 3 digits of facility's primary SIC code. (Derived)

Permit number issued by US EPA for facilities discharging to
water. (As Reported)

Number assigned by EPA to facilities handling hazardous waster
under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. (As Reported)

USGS Reach Identifier (Concatenation of Catalog, Unit, Segment).
(Derived)

The distance between a facility discharging to water and the reach
of the receiving water body (m).  (Derived)

The ID assigned to the Weather Bureau/Army/Navy Weather
Station nearest to the facility. (Derived)

The distance between a facility and the nearest weather station (m).
(Derived)

Latitude in decimal degrees exactly as submitted by the TRI
facility.  (As Reported)

Longitude in decimal degrees exactly as submitted by the TRI
facility.  (As Reported)

Latitude in decimal degrees after correction by TRI. (Derived)

Longitude in decimal degrees after correction by TRI.  (Derived)

Whether facility is located within the boundaries of a Tribal Land
(True/False). (Derived)

Name of Tribal Land within which facility is located.  (Derived)

Internal sort key containing the first two letters of the facility name
(excluding spaces, periods, numbers, etc.) (Derived)
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                    1988-2002 TRI data
                4-16

-------
                                                                Chapter 4: Viewing Data
                               Table 4-8.  Facility Data
              Variable
       Description
        Method               Code describing method by which coordinates were collected (e.g.,
                             based on street address). See Appendix D for code descriptions.
                             (Derived)

        Accuracy             Estimated accuracy of the final coordinates (in m). (Derived)

        Hdatum               Horizontal datum of the final coordinates. (Derived)  See
                             Appendix D for code descriptions. (Derived)

        ReferencePoint         Code for the category of feature referenced by the coordinates.
                             See Appendix D for code descriptions. (Derived)

        Scale                 Value representing the geographic scale of the map. (Derived)

        Verify 1 through        Codes describing quality assurance tests performed by entity
        VerifyS               providing the coordinates to the LRT and/or EPA. See Appendix D
                             for code descriptions. (Derived)

        Manual Verify          Results of a one-time series of verification tests performed by EPA
                             on 1996 TRI data.  See Appendix D for code descriptions.
                             (Derived)

        LatLongSource         Source of final lat/long found in 'Latitude' and 'Longitude' fields.
        	(Derived)	
MCL (Maximum Contaminant Level)

       This data set contains yearly information on the Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs)
       that EPA sets for chemicals to limit the level of contaminants in drinking water from
       public water systems. As the MCLs are legally enforceable, the RSEI model assumes
       that drinking water from public systems is in compliance with these standards. The first
       MCLs were instituted in 1976; changes to existing MCLs and new MCLs have been
       instituted since then, including the addition of a large number of new MCLs in 1991.

       This table lists the value for each MCL for each year of TRI data. For several chemicals
       for which MCLS were first instituted in 1976 and then revised in 1991, the original MCL
       values were not readily available, so the revised values were also used for the years
       before the revision. These chemicals are barium, cadmium, chromium, lead, lindane,
       mercury, methoxychlor, nitrate,  selenium, and toxaphene.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                 1988-2002 TRI data
4-17

-------
                                                                   Chapter 4: Viewing Data
                                 Table 4-9.  MCL Data
              Variable
                      Description
         CASNumber



         CASStandard



         ChemicalNumber

         Chemical

         MCL1988...MCL2002
Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number, which identifies a
unique chemical.  For chemical categories, CAS Numbers begin
with "N", followed by three digits.

The Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number identifies a
unique chemical.  The standard format contains three sets of
numbers divided by hyphens (00-00-0).

Unique internal identifier.

Common name(s) of the chemical.

MCL for each year an MCL was in effect.
Media Data
        This data set lists the release media codes and their description as reported in TRI
        Reporting Form R.  For reported media codes that begin with 'M', the RSEI model has
        substituted a 7. For instance, code M54 would be the same as 754 in the table below.
                                Table 4-10.  Media Data
              Variable
                      Description
         Media



         MediaText

         Sum

         Itw

         Otw

         Mtw

         MediaCode
Code associated with the media and/or method of release, as
reported by facility in TRI Reporting Form R. See Table 9-2 in
Chapter 9 for codes.

Descriptions of receiving media associated with Media Codes.

This variable is not yet implemented.

Internal dummy variable used for modeling.

Internal dummy variable used for modeling.

Internal dummy variable used for modeling.

Internal variable used for modeling.	
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                 1988-2002 TRI data
               4-18

-------
                                                                    Chapter 4: Viewing Data
Off-site Data
        This data set is derived from TRI reported data.  Off-site facilities are any facilities to
        which a TRI reporting facility transfers a reportable release.  The names and addresses of
        these off-site facilities are reported by the TRI facilities transferring their releases.
        Because multiple facilities may transfer releases to the same off-site facility, the same off-
        site facility may be reported multiple times in slightly different forms.  To approximate a
        set of unique off-site facilities, a sophisticated program was developed  to match slightly
        different reported entries that were in reality the same off-site facility.  Because latitude
        and longitude are not reported but are necessary to model releases, the  off-site facilities
        were also geocoded (assigned latitude and longitude coordinates based on street address)
        by a commercial firm using standard geocoding software based  on U.S. Census Tiger
        files.18  This data set contains the results of both the matching exercise and the geocoding
        exercise. Both exercises are performed annually. For a complete account of the process,
        see Technical Appendix D.
                                Table 4-11.  Off-site Data
               Variable
                                             Description
         OffsitelD

         FacilityNumber

         DataSource

         Name

         Street

         City

         State

         ZIPCode

         ZIP9

         Latitude

         Longitude

         X
                       Unique internal identifier for each off-site facility.

                       Unique internal identifier for each off-site facility.

                       This variable is not yet active.

                       Best submitted name for off-site facility.

                       Best submitted street address for off-site facility.

                       Best submitted city for off-site facility.

                       Best submitted state for off-site facility.

                       Best submitted ZIP code for off-site facility.

                       This variable is not yet implemented.

                       Geocoded latitude in decimal degrees for off-site facility.

                       Geocoded longitude in decimal degrees for off-site facility.

                       Assigned grid value based on latitude.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
18 Thomas Computing Services performed geocoding on the reporting facilities and the off-site facilities.

                                                                         1988-2002 TRI data
                                       4-19

-------
                                                                     Chapter 4: Viewing Data
                                Table 4-11.  Off-site  Data
               Variable
                       Description
         Y

         Radial Distance

         StackHeight

         StackVelocity

         StackDiameter

         Class

         NPDESPermit


         RCRANumber


         WBANID


         DistancetoWBAN


         NearStream

         DistancetoStream


         StreamSource

         GDTType

         Quality

         freq	
Assigned grid value based on longitude.

Distance from approximate center point of grid.

Default stack height used for off-site facilities.

Default stack velocity used for off-site facilities.

Default stack diameter used for off-site facilities.

This variable is not implemented.

Permit number issued by US EPA for facilities discharging to
water.

Number assigned by EPA to facilities handling hazardous waste
under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act.

The ID assigned to the Weather Bureau/Army/Navy Weather
Station nearest to the facility.

The distance between an off-site facility and the nearest weather
station (m).

USGS identifier defining stream reach of the receiving water body.

The distance between an off-site facility discharging to water and
the reach of the receiving water body (m).

Data source linking stream reach to facility.

Type of geocoded match.

Rank from 1 to 9 describing quality of geocoded match (1 is best).

Number of TRI transfers sent to this off-site facility.
Reach Data
        This data set contains information on each stream reach contained in the model. The
        stream reaches used are linear sections of streams, lakes, reservoirs, and estuaries that are
        linked to form a skeletal structure representing the branching patterns of surface water
        drainage systems.  Only transport reaches (i.e., those that have an upstream or downstream
        connection) are included in the model.  The stream reach data are based on U.S. EPA's
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                  1988-2002 TRI data
                4-20

-------
                                                                    Chapter 4: Viewing Data
        Reach File Version 1.0 (RF1) for the conterminous United States.  RF1 is a database that
        identifies and subdivides streams and shorelines of the United States to provide a
        hydrological framework for organizing water resource data.  RF1 was prepared by the
        U.S. EPA in 1982 in support of the Better Assessment Science Integrating Point and
        Nonpoint Sources (BASINS) system.
                               Table 4-12.  Reach Data
             Variable
                      Description
      CatalogUnitSegment


      DownstreamReach


      AverageFlowMLD


      SEVQIOFlowMLD


      ONEQIOFlowMLD


      HarmonicMeanFlowMLD


      MeanVelocityMS

      LowVelocityMS

      SegmentLengthKM

      Dummy

      UpstreamLat


      UpstreamLong


      Q3Lat


      QSLong


      MidLat
This is the unique 11 digit alphanumeric United States Geological
Survey (USGS) identifier for each reach.

This is the catalog unit/segment identifier for the immediate
downstream reach of a given reach.

Average annual flow at the base of the immediate reach in millions
of liters per day.

The lowest flow over a seven day period in the last ten years at the
base of the immediate reach in millions of liters per day.

The lowest flow over a one day period in the last ten years at the
base of the immediate reach in millions of liters per day.

The harmonic mean of annual flow at the base of the immediate
reach in millions of liters per day.

The mean flow velocity in meters per second.

The low flow velocity in meters per second.

The length of the immediate reach in kilometers.

This variable is not yet active.

The latitude of the upstream end of the immediate reach in decimal
degrees.

The longitude of the upstream end of the immediate reach in
decimal degrees.

The third quartile latitude upstream from the base of the reach in
decimal degrees.

The third quartile longitude upstream from the base of the reach in
decimal degrees.

The midpoint latitude along the reach path in decimal degrees.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                  1988-2002 TRI data
                4-21

-------
                                                                  Chapter 4: Viewing Data
                              Table 4-12.  Reach Data
             Variable
                      Description
      MidLong

      QlLat


      QlLong


      DownstreamLat


      DownstreamLong


      MaxLat

      MaxLong


      MinLat

      MinLong
The midpoint longitude along the reach path in decimal degrees.

The first quartile latitude upstream from the base of the reach in
decimal degrees.

The first quartile longitude upstream from the base of the reach in
decimal degrees.

The latitude of the downstream end of the immediate reach in
decimal degrees.

The longitude of the downstream end of the immediate reach in
decimal degrees.

The maximum latitude of the immediate reach in decimal degrees.

The maximum longitude of the immediate reach in decimal
degrees.

The minimum latitude of the immediate reach in decimal degrees.

The minimum longitude of the immediate reach in decimal degrees.
Reach Pops Data

       This data set contains information derived from the placement of the population (from
       U.S. Census data) on the model grid in relation to stream reaches (from U.S. EPA's RF1).
                            Table 4-13.  Reach  Pops Data
              Variable
                      Description
         CatalogUnitSegment


         Primary FIPS

         ExposedPop

         TotalPop

         Cells
This is the unique 11 digit alphanumeric United States Geological
Survey (USGS) identifier for each reach.

County in which the reach is located.

Number of people eating from reach.

All people within 50 km of reach.

Number of populated cells within 50 km of reach.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                 1988-2002 TRI data
               4-22

-------
                                                                    Chapter 4: Viewing Data
                            Table 4-13.  Reach  Pops Data
               Variable
                      Description
         MaleOto9 through
         Female65Up
Fields showing number of people in each indicated demographic
group for the indicated year for the indicated county. These fields
are mutually exclusive (they sum to the total number of people in
the county).	
Release Data
        This data set contains the total pounds released as reported in TRI, and the total score for
        each release, as well as the release media and the off-site facility that received the release,
        if any.
                               Table 4-14.  Release Data
               Variable
                      Description
         ReleaseNumber

         SubmissionNumber

         Media



         PoundsReleased

         OffsiteNumber

         TotalScore
Unique internal identifier.

Unique internal identifier.

Code associated with the media and/or method of release, as
reported by facility in TRI Reporting Form R.  See Table 9-2 in
Chapter 9 for explanation of codes.

Total pounds released, without accounting for treatment.

Unique identifier for off-site facility receiving this release, if any.

Total score (risk-related result) for release.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                 1988-2002 TRI data
               4-23

-------
                                                                Chapter 4: Viewing Data
SIC Table Data
       Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) codes are used to classify businesses into industry
       groups producing the same or similar goods. They are maintained by the U.S.
       Occupational Health and Safety Administration (OSHA) and can be found online at
       http://www.osha.gov/oshstats/sicser.html. This data set is a direct reproduction of that
       portion of the OSHA SIC code table that is reportable to TRI.
                                Table 4-15.  SIC Data
              Variable
                     Description
        SICCode

        LongName
Four-digit SIC code.

Text description of code.
Submission Data

       This data set reproduces TRI reported data. However, SubmissionNumber,
       FacilityNumber, and ChemicalNumber are unique identifiers internal to the model.
                           Table 4-16.  Submission Data
              Variable
                     Description
        DCN

        SubmissionNumber

        FacilityNumber

        ChemicalNumber

        Year

        Use



        LongOrShort
Unique identifier assigned by TRI to each facility submission.

Internal identifier assigned to each submission.

Internal identifier unique to each facility.

Internal identifier unique to each chemical.

Year of facility release.

Code describing how chemical is used in reporting facility, as
reported on TRI Reporting Form R.  See Table 9-4 in Chapter 9 for
an explanation of the codes.

Code describing whether the submission came from a short or long
form.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                               1988-2002 TRI data
               4-24

-------
                                                                  Chapter 4: Viewing Data
                            Table 4-16.  Submission Data
              Variable
                      Description
         MaxOnsite
         TotalPounds
Code describing the maximum amount of the chemical on-site at
reporting facility, as reported in TRI Reporting Form R. See Table
9-4 in Chapter 9 for an explanation of the codes.
Total pounds released.	
Weather Data
       Weather data used in the model include wind speed, wind direction, and atmospheric
       stability.  The source of these data are STability ARray (STAR) data, which are available
       from weather stations throughout the U.S.  The model uses STAR data averaged over the
       period 1988-1996 from the weather station closest to the facility being modeled. This data
       set contains the averaged data for each weather station, but the format of the data prevents
       it from being viewed in the data browser.  These data were last updated in 2000.
                              Table 4-17.  Weather Data
              Variable
                      Description
         WBAN
         Year
         WBANID

         Radial Distance

         Name
         Latitude
         Longitude
         Temperature
         F
         PointUrban
         AreaUrban
         PointRural
         AreaRural
Unique internal identifier.
This variable is not yet active.
The ID assigned to the Weather Bureau/Army/Navy Weather
Station.
Distance from approximate center point of grid, used in searching
for the weather station nearest to facility.
This variable is not yet active.
Latitude of the weather station in decimal degrees.
Longitude of the weather station in decimal degrees.
This variable cannot be viewed in the data browser.
This variable cannot be viewed in the data browser.
This variable cannot be viewed in the data browser.
This variable cannot be viewed in the data browser.
This variable cannot be viewed in the data browser.
This variable cannot be viewed in the data browser.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                1988-2002 TRI data
               4-25

-------
                                                                 Chapter 4: Viewing Data
WSDB (Water System) Data

       This data set contains public water systems, the locations of their drinking water intakes
       (although this information is not viewable by the public), and the population served by
       each intake.  These data are taken from EPA's Safe Drinking Water Information System
       (SDWIS). However, this data set only lists the intake location and the number of people
       served by each intake, not the location of the served population itself.  In the absence of
       data on exactly which people are drinking from the intake in question, the model assumes
       the closest people to the drinking water intake  are using it.  This data set was last updated
       in February 2002.

       This data set also contains information on the reach that supplies the drinking water
       intake.  In the absence of this information, it is assumed that the intake is located on the
       reach nearest the reported coordinates for the drinking water intake. If no reach is found
       within one kilometer of the reported coordinates, then exposure for that intake is not
       modeled.19  The closest reach was determined using reach shapefiles and plotting the
       intakes using their coordinates.


                     Table 4-18.  WSDB (Water System) Data

              Variable         Description
        IntakeRecordNumber     Unique internal identifier.
        IntakelD               Internal identifier.
        PWSID               Public Water System ID
        PWSName             Name of Public Water System
        State                  State in which water system is located.
        County Served          Primary county served by the public water system.
        CityServed             Primary city served by the public water system.
        PopulationServedEq     Number of people served by the public water system.
        PopulationServedL       Number of people served by the public water system.
        CatalogUnitSegment     Unique 11 digit alphanumeric United States Geological Survey
                              (USGS) identifier for each reach.
        CountyReachFlag       This flag is no longer active.
       19One intake for the Los Angeles Dept. of Water and Power is not modeled, although the applied intake-
reach methodology indicates that there is a reach within one kilometer (the L. A. River). This intake is not modeled
since it is clear that the L. A. River is not its correct source; however, the actual reach on which this intake is located
is not known.

Version 2.1.2                                                                  1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  4-26

-------
                                                                  Chapter 4: Viewing Data
                     Table 4-18. WSDB (Water System)  Data
        Latitude
        Longitude
        DistanceM

        TotalReachLengthKm
        ReachLengthlnCounty
        Km
Latitude of the water system in decimal degrees (zeroed out).
Longitude of the water system in decimal degrees (zeroed out).
Distance from the drinking water intake to the modeled intake reach
(m).
This variable is no longer active.
This variable is no longer active.
ZIP Code Data
       The percent of persons who drink well water is available for each county from the
       National Well Water Association's data files.  These percentages are applied to the
       population in individual grid cells to estimate the well water drinkers in a given grid cell.
       This is used in modeling ground water contamination.  This data set was last updated in
       1996.
                             Table 4-19.  ZIP Code Data
              Variable
                      Description
        ZIPCode
        Latitude
        Longitude
        WellWaterPct

        RadialDistance
Five-digit ZIP code
Latitude of the ZIP code centroid in decimal degrees.
Longitude of the ZIP code centroid in decimal degrees.
Percent of the population in the ZIP code that get their drinking
water from a well.
Distance from approximate center point of grid.	
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                1988-2002 TRI data
               4-27

-------
CHAPTER 5
Selecting Releases

Selecting releases (Select button)

       The Select button, found at the top of the menu panel, allows you to build selection
       statements that pull out specific subsets of data in the model. These subsets can be based
       on the geographic locations of facilities, the year of the chemical releases, the kinds of
       chemicals released, or any other single variable or combination of variables included in
       the model. This selection will then be used as the basic data set for all of the other model
       functions, like crosstab and sorted tables, graphs, and maps.

       The following sections explain how the Select button can be used to develop new
       selections, and save and reopen them. Pressing the Select button brings up the Select
       elements... screen, as shown below.
                 Select elements
                 Open I   Save   LJCfearjl   Submit    Special   Cancel
                 ) Choose records where all or the following apply
                Enter Description (optional)
        An element is the chemical-facility-pathway-year specific building
        block of the RSEI model. The unitless numerical value that
        describes the relative risk for each element is called a score.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                              1988-2002 TRI data
5-1

-------
                                                         Chapter 5: Selecting releases
                                            •Select elements... fill
       Opening Existing Selections
       The Open button loads the selection statements for selections that have already been
       saved.  The default directory for saved selections is C:\Program Files\RSEI\User,
       although you can store them anywhere. Once opened, click Submit to run the selection.
New Selections
Each selection is made up of one or
more selection statements, which
tells the model what kind of
records you want to pull out of the
database.  Each record is an
element - the building block of the
model that defines a chemical
release to a specific exposure
pathway.  There are two parts to
each selection statement - bracket
statements and condition
statements. Bracket statements tell
the model how to interpret a list of
conditions. Bracket statements
always come immediately before a
condition or a list of conditions. When you click on the Select button and the Select
elements... screen opens, the first line of text in the dialog box is a bracket statement,
"Choose records where all of the following apply." This bracket statement tells the model
that a list is coming, and to only select those scores to which ALL of the conditions in the
list apply. If you click on all, a drop-down box will appear with other choices: any, none,
or not all.
JPi xj
                                           (._) Choose records where a|l of the following apply
                                                              all
                                                              any
                                                              none
                                                              not all
                                            Enter Description (optional] —
       When you open the Select elements... screen, the most recent selection you submitted is
       displayed. You can either modify this selection and resubmit it, or click the Clear button
       at the top of the screen to remove all but the very first bracket statement.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                                    1988-2002 TRI data
                                     5-2

-------
                                                          Chapter 5: Selecting releases
       Condition statements are the actual
       criteria you use to select elements.
       For instance, a condition could be
       that the facility releasing the
       chemical is located in New York,
       or that the chemical being released
       is benzene.  Condition statements
       can pull out any variable that is
       included in the model, and select
       elements that are  equal to the
       criteria you enter, or not equal, less
       than, greater than, etc.  With the
       combination of bracket and
       condition statements, you can
       construct very complex selections
       to pull out only those elements you are interested in.

              •D     Adding Selection Statements

       When you  open the Select elements... screen by
       clicking on the Select button, you will see one line of
       text that says, 'Choose records where all of the
       following apply.' This is your first bracket statement,
       and tells  the model how to interpret the condition or
       list of conditions  that comes next. If you click on all, you can change how the model
       interprets the ensuing list. You have the following options:
1 £2 Select elements... :
Open 1 Save | Clear | Submit | Special |
(,_,) Choose records where ajl of the following apply *|—
( 1 .) Facililtii Location. State is equal to NY m, 1 1 -~
~ 	 ' ' 	
(2.) ajl of the following apply •*" ' ^%^
(2.1.) Release. Media Code is equal to 1 ^ „.
(2.2.) Release. Media Code is eaual to 2 ^ 	 ^t
CS'.) Chemical Flaas.CAA Flaa is eaual to True ir^
r Enter Description (optional) 	
[I
..=Jnj x|
Cancel |
— Bracket
— — • Statements
* Condition
•* Statements
                       A selection statement
                       consists of at least one
                       bracket statement and
                       one condition statement.
                   Bracket Operator     Definition
                          all
                         any
                         none
                        not all
Every condition in the next list must apply for a
record to be selected.
At least one condition in the next list must apply
for a record to be selected.
All of the conditions in the next list must NOT
apply for a record to be selected.
At least one of the conditions in the next list must
NOT apply for a record to be selected.	
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                     1988-2002 TRI data
      5-3

-------
                                                            Chapter 5: Selecting releases
       Once you have decided how you want to define your bracket statement, click on the circle
       to the left of the text.  Click 'Add Condition' in the drop down menu.  The following text
       line will appear:
               1. Chemical Flags. Year Chemical Added is equal to	
       This is your first condition statement. The first part of the condition, where it says,
       'Chemical Flags,' is the variable group. 'Chemical Flags' is shown as the default text
       because it happens to be the first variable group in the drop down menu.  Click on that
       part of the text, and a drop down box will show the 12 available variable groups.  Click on
       any group name, and a list of the variables  in that group will appear in a menu to the right.
       See the end of this chapter for a complete listing of all the groups and variables.  Click on
       the desired variable. The variable group and variable name will now show in the text line.
       Note that a period separates the variable group name from the variable name.
       The second part of the condition is the condition operator. Click on the phrase 'is equal
       to,'  and a drop down will appear with a list of other available operators. Click on the
       condition operator desired, and it will appear in the text line. Note that the operator
       'between' is inclusive: 'is between 1 and 3' will select 1, 2 and 3.
        Condition Operator     Note
             is equal to

           is not equal to
            is less than
        is less than or equal to
           is greater than
      is greater than or equal to
               is null

              is in list
             is between

             starts with
          does not start with
              contains
          does not contain
Returns results where variable is exactly equal to value entered. Used for text
and numeric fields. If a list appears, click on the selected value in list.
Used for numeric fields only.
Used for numeric fields only.
Used for numeric fields only.
Used for numeric fields only.
Used for numeric fields only.
Returns results where variable field is blank. Will not return results where
variable field is zero.
Not currently functional.
Used for numeric fields only.  Is inclusive: 'is between 3 and 5' selects 3, 4,
and 5.
Used for text fields only.
Used for text fields only.
Used for text fields only.
Used for text fields only.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                               1988-2002 TRI data
               5-4

-------
                                                            Chapter 5: Selecting releases
       The third part of the condition is the
       criterion itself. Depending on the
       variable you entered, you may have
       to enter text or numbers in the space,
       or if you click on that space, a list of
       possible entries for you to choose
       from may appear. Consult the
       variable list at the end of this chapter
       for the correct entry format for each
       variable.  Note that after you enter
       your criterion, you must click
       somewhere in the window outside of
       the box you just typed in, so that the
       entire text line turns blue (this enters
       your change).
  2i Select elements
   1 Choose records where all of the following apply           Criterion
   ' T. Chemical Flags.Year Chemical Added is equal to 1995  •**"*
   Variable Group
     and Variable
 ~ Enter Description (optional)
                                I
Condition
 Operator
I £2 Select elements...
^Dpenj ^Save^J Clear |
^SubrnitJ jpecialj ^CancelJ
( ) Choose records where ajl of the following apply
(T) Chemical Flags.Year Chemical Added is equal to 1 995

Chemical Properties >
^^^^| Chemical Identifiers ^ |
Chemical Toxicity >
Elements >
Facililty Location ^
Facililty IdentiFiers t
Facililty Industry >
Facililty Other >
Release >
Submission >
~ Enter [ . . . t_ .
Internal IDs ^

Varia

CAS Number
CAS Standard
Chemical Type
Chemical
Full Chemical Name
Metal ^S
Sort CAS
Sort Name



ble Groups


Variables

Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                1988-2002 TRI data
5-5

-------
                                                           Chapter 5: Selecting releases
       Once you have completed your selection statement, you can either submit it (by clicking
       the Submit button) or further refine it by adding more conditions and/or selection
       statements.

       To add more conditions within the same bracket statement, click on the ' 1'  to the left of
       your first condition, then click 'Add condition.'  A new text line will appear, which you
       can change to reflect your desired criterion.  Remember that because you are within the
       same bracket statement, the model will evaluate this condition along with the first,
       according to whatever bracket operator you selected in the bracket statement. For
       instance, if you selected 'any' as your bracket statement operator (in the first text line),
       your first condition was 'Facility  Location.State is equal to NY' and your second
       condition was 'Chemical Identifiers.Chemical is equal to Benzene,' the model will return
       all releases from facilities in New York (regardless of the chemical) PLUS  all releases of
       benzene in the U.S. (regardless of the state).  If what you really wanted was all releases of
       benzene from New York, change the bracket statement operator in the first  text line to
       'all'.  Then the model will only select those releases that are 1) from facilities in New
       York, and also 2) benzene releases.

       You can also add additional selection statements. Having more than one  selection
       statement is useful when you want to use different operators on different  sets of criteria.
       For instance, consider the example above of benzene releases in New York. Perhaps you
       would like to look more closely at benzene releases and chlorine releases in New York.
       In this case, you cannot simply add another condition statement for chlorine (with 'all'  as
       the bracket operator), because the model will then look for releases that are 1) from
       facilities in New York, 2) benzene releases, and 3) chlorine releases, which is not
       logically possible.  So here you can use an additional bracket statement to group  together
       benzene and chlorine, and direct the model to pick releases that are either one.
       To select benzene and chlorine
       releases in New York, keep the
       first text line as is, so it reads
       'Choose records where all of the
       following apply.' Then click on
       the circle to the left of the text line,
       and choose 'Add Condition.' For
       the first condition, enter 'Facility
       Location. State is equal to NY.'
       Then click on the ' 1' next to the
       condition, and click 'Add Bracket.'
       Change 'all' to 'any'. In line 2.1,
       which is the first condition of your new selection statement, change the variable to read,
"2; Select elements.
C ) Choose records where all  of the following apply
  (\_) Facilillv Location. State is equal to NY
  (I")  aw of the following apply
    (JI/L) Chemical Identifiers.Chemical is equal to Chlorine
    (2.2) Chemical Identifiers.Chemical is equal to Benzene
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                1988-2002 TRI data
 5-6

-------
                                                         Chapter 5: Selecting releases
       'Chemical Identifiers.Chemical is equal to Benzene.'  Then click on the circled '2.1', and
       click 'Add Condition.'  A new line 2.2 will appear.  Change that line so it reads
       'Chemical Identifiers.Chemical is equal to Chlorine.'  Now the model will understand this
       selection as selecting all releases that are 1) from facilities in New York, and 2) Benzene
       OR Chlorine.

       Note that the selection statements work similarly to outlines. How a line is indented
       shows you what grouping it belongs to. The first line (the initial bracket statement) will
       always apply to the entire selection,  and all additional selection  statements are nested
       within it. Refer to the example selection statements at the end of this chapter for ideas on
       how to build complex selections with multiple selection statements.

              •D     Deleting Selection Statements

       To delete statements, click on the circle to the left of the text line you no longer want, then
       click 'Delete Current Row'.  If the text line you delete is a bracket statement with
       conditions underneath it, those conditions will also be deleted.  Note that the first bracket
       statement cannot be deleted.  Clicking on the Clear button will erase your entire selection.

              •D     'Special' Button

       Under the Special button in the Select elements... screen, there  are two options that allow
       you to create two different types of selections with multiple condition statements quickly
       and easily.  The 'SIC code chain' option will automatically select all those facilities that
       report the 4-digit SIC code you enter as any one of their six reported SIC codes.  The
       'Read Facility IDs from File' option allows you to import a text file containing a list of
       TRI facility IDs that you wish to use in your selection. The list  should be in a plain text
       file (extension .txt with no extraneous formatting) with each facility ID followed by a hard
       return, and no  hard return after the very last entry.  After entering either option, the model
       will add a sequence of condition statements to the selection window. You can then further
       modify your selection.

              •D     Saving/Opening Selections

       The RSEI model allows you to save  your selection statements, so that you can either use
       the selection again in a later  analysis, or just use the selection statements as a starting
       point for a similar selection.  In the box at the bottom  of the screen, beneath 'Enter
       Description' you can enter a fairly lengthy text description of your selection that will be
       displayed the next time you open it.  Click the Save button at the top of the screen, and the
       selection will be saved to your hard drive. Note that this only saves the selection itself,
Version 2.1.2                                                                 1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                   5-7

-------
                                                        Chapter 5: Selecting releases
       not the results of the selection. Next time you open it (using the Open button at the top
       left), you will have to resubmit in order to use the resulting set.

             •D    Submitting Your Selection

       When you are finished building your selection, click on Submit to run it.  Depending on
       your computer's memory (RAM) and the size of the requested set, your selection may
       take up to 30 minutes or longer to finish. Shorter selections, such as all facilities in one
       state for one year,  should be done in under five minutes.
  At any time, if you forget what your selection is, click on the text that lists the
  number of selected facilities, releases, and elements in the far upper right of the
  screen. A selection box will appear reminding you of your selection statements.
       Variable Descriptions
       The following tables describe the variables and variable groups that you can use to build
       your selection.  Each table also provides the correct entry format for each variable, or
       notes that the model contains a list to select from.

       NOTE: It is important to use the entry format listed (e.g., use all capitals if indicated).
       Otherwise, your selection will contain incorrect data, or will not return any results at all.

              •D    Chemical Flags

       Chemical flags indicate whether a chemical is in a particular group of interest. For
       example, as noted below, chemicals with primary or secondary drinking water standards
       under the Safe Drinking Water Act contain the word 'True' in the SDWA Flag field.
       Additional information on chemical flags is provided in Appendix G.
Version 2.1.2                                                              1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 5-8

-------
                                                                 Chapter 5: Selecting releases
                                    Table 5-1.  Chemical Flags
               Variable
               Description
   Format for Entering
       Information/
     Possible Values
         Year Chemical Added  The year the chemical was added to the Toxics
                              Release Inventory
         CAAFlag
         CERCLAFlag
         Core Chemical Flag
         Core 98 Chemical
         Flag
         Expansion Flag
         HAP Flag
This flag marks the chemicals that are Clean
Air Act pollutants.
This flag marks the chemicals that are
regulated under Superfund (CERCLA—the
Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act).

This flag marks the chemicals that are common
to all reporting years of TRI and that have had
no modifications of reporting requirements, as
determined by the 1988 Core Chemical List
found on the TRI Explorer website.

This flag marks the chemicals that are common
to TRI reporting years 1998 through 2002 and
that have had no modifications of reporting
requirements, as determined by the 1998 Core
Chemical List found on the TRI Explorer
website.

This flag marks the chemicals that were added
to the Section 313 toxic chemical list for
reporting in 1995 and later years.


This flag marks the chemicals that are
hazardous air pollutants, as defined by the
Clean Air Act.
Choices are:
1987 - 2000.
Enter all four digits.
[e.g., 1988]
True [chemical meets this
criterion]
False [chemical does not
meet this criterion]

True [chemical meets this
criterion]
False [chemical does not
meet this criterion]

True [chemical meets this
criterion]
False [chemical does not
meet this criterion]
True [chemical meets this
criterion]
False [chemical does not
meet this criterion]
True [chemical meets this
criterion]
False [chemical does not
meet this criterion]

True [chemical meets this
criterion]
False [chemical does not
meet this criterion]
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                    5-9
                                                       1988-2002 TRI data

-------
                                                                  Chapter 5: Selecting releases
                                     Table 5-1.  Chemical Flags
               Variable
         OSHA Carcinogens
                                    Description
                     This flag indicates whether the chemical is a
                     known or suspect human carcinogen based on
                     OSHA criteria (U.S. EPA, 1998).  Known
                     human carcinogens are defined as those that
                     have been shown to cause cancer in humans.
                     Suspect human carcinogens have been shown
                     to cause cancer in animals. The list of
                     chemicals flagged as OSHA carcinogens is
                     based on the list of carcinogens provided in the
                     1997 TRI Public Data Release.20

Priority Pollutant Flag This flag marks the chemicals that are priority
                     pollutants, as defined by the Clean Water Act.
         33/50 Flag
         PBTFlag
         SDWAFlag
                     This flag is a marker which indicates that the
                     chemical is included in EPA's 33/50 program,
                     a program in which facilities voluntarily
                     reduce their chemical releases by 33 percent
                     and 50 percent by certain dates.

                     Indicates whether EPA has designated this
                     chemical as a priority chemical under the
                     Persistent Bioaccumulative and Toxic (PBT)
                     Chemical Program.

                     This flag marks the chemicals that have
                     national primary or secondary drinking water
                     standards under the Safe Drinking Water Act.
   Format for Entering
       Information/
     Possible Values
True [chemical meets this
criterion]
False [chemical does not
meet this criterion]
True [chemical meets this
criterion]
False [chemical does not
meet this criterion]

True [chemical meets this
criterion]
False [chemical does not
meet this criterion]


True [chemical meets this
criterion]
False [chemical does not
meet this criterion]

True [chemical meets this
criterion]
False [chemical does not
meet this criterion]
        20Even if a chemical is flagged as an OSHA carcinogen, its toxicity weight for a given exposure pathway
may not be based on its carcinogenic effects. For example, a chemical that causes both carcinogenic and
noncarcinogenic effects when inhaled may have a higher inhalation toxicity weight associated with noncarcinogenic
effects than with its carcinogenic effects. If you wish to view all chemicals that have inhalation toxicity weights
based on cancer health effects, see the Toxicity Class - Inhale field. To obtain a list of chemicals that have toxicity
weights based only on cancer health effects, see the Toxicity Category field.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                                             1988-2002 TRI data
                                         5-10

-------
                                                                Chapter 5: Selecting releases
                                   Table 5-1.   Chemical Flags
               Variable
         High Production
         Volume Flag
                                   Description
   Format for Entering
       Information/
     Possible Values

True [chemical meets this
criterion]
False [chemical does not
meet this criterion]
                     This flag marks the chemicals that are included
                     in EPA's High Production Volume program.
                     Inclusion is defined as having been assigned
                     any combination of 0,1,2,3 or 4 in EPA's HPV
                     Challenge list. Chemicals assigned a 5 are not
                     considered included. These values are defined
                     as follows (for more information see EPA's
                     HPV Challenge website at
                     http: //www. epa. gov/chemrtk/volchall. htm):

                     0 = Within the scope of the HPV Challenge
                     Program and may  be  sponsored.
                     1 = Not considered a candidate for testing
                     under the program, based on preliminary EPA
                     review indicating that testing using the SIDS
                     base set would not further understanding of the
                     chemical's properties. May be sponsored,
                     however.
                     2 = Otherwise being handled under the
                     OECD's Screening Information Data Set
                     (SIDS) Program (may be sponsored).
                     3 = Not subject to  the program because it is a
                     polymer or inorganic substance (may be
                     sponsored).
                     4 = Sponsorship of a chemical under the
                     International Council of Chemical
                     Associations (ICCA) HPV Initiative has been
                     confirmed by ICCA and all information
                     essentially equivalent to a Full Commitment
                     under the program has been provided to the Agency.
                     5 = Chemical meets the criteria for being "No
                     Longer HPV" and is no longer subject to the
                     program (may be  sponsored)

Mini Core Chemical    This flag marks the chemicals that are common  True [chemical meets this
         Flag
                     to TRI reporting years 1995 through 2002 and
                     that have had no modifications of reporting
                     requirements in that time period, as determined
                     by the 1995 Core Chemical List found on the
                     TRI Explorer website.
criterion]
False [chemical does not
meet this criterion]
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                       5-11
                                                                           1988-2002 TRI data

-------
                                                            Chapter 5: Selecting releases
                                 Table 5-1.  Chemical Flags
              Variable
Description
        HPV Challenge Value  Chemical's status as assigned by EPA. See
                            descriptions under "High Production Volume
                            Flag" above.
   Format for Entering
      Information/
    Possible Values

Enter single number 0
through 5, or specific
combination of numbers,
e.g.,'2,4.' For all possible
combinations of a value, use
the 'contains' operator with
the desired value.  Note that
this variable includes
chemicals assigned '5,'
which the previous variable
does not. To query all HPV
Challenge chemicals,
including those assigned '5,'
use the following selection:
any of the following apply-
High Production Volume
Flag is equal to True; HPV
Challenge Value contains 5.
               •D     Chemical Properties

       Chemical properties are used in the model to estimate fate and transport of the chemicals
       in soil, water, and air. Because of the number of chemicals in the model, there may be a
       wide range of values associated with each property.  In addition, there may be no
       information available for some chemicals and properties. For convenience, the
       approximate range of properties for chemicals currently in the model is presented in the
       following table.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                     1988-2002 TRI data
    5-12

-------
                                                                  Chapter 5: Selecting releases
                                  Table  5-2.   Chemical Properties
                Variable
                Description
 Format for Entering
     Information/
   Possible Values
         Air Decay (1/hr)


         BCF (L/kg)



         H2O Decay (1/hr)



         Henrys (atm/(mole/m3))



         Incinerator DRE (pet)



         Kd (L/kg)




         Koc (mL/g)



         LOGKOW
         Molecular Weight
         (g/mole)

         POTW Partition (Biod)
         (pet)


         POTW Partition
         (Removal) (pet)
The rate at which a chemical degrades in air, due
primarily to photooxidation by radicals (hr1).

Bioconcentration factor: the ratio of a chemical's
concentration in fish to its concentration in water
at equilibrium (L/kg).

The rate at which a chemical degrades in water,
due to abiotic hydrolysis, biodegradation, or
photolysis (hr"1).

Henry's law constant:  the ratio of a chemical's
concentration in the air to its concentration in the
water at equilibrium (atmmVmol).

Destruction/removal efficiencies, expressed as the
percent of chemical fed to the incinerator that is
not released to the air.

The soil-water partition, or distribution,
coefficient.  For organics, the value is often
estimated as the product of Koc and foc (the fraction
of organic carbon in the soil) (L/kg).

The organic carbon-water partition coefficient,
used in estimates of chemical sorption to soil
(mL/g).

The logarithm of the octanol-water partition
coefficient.  Kow is the ratio of a chemical's
concentration in the octanol phase to its
concentration in the aqueous phase at equilibrium
in a two-phase octanol/water system.

The mass in grams of one mole of molecules of a
chemical compound.

Percent of total POTW (Publicly Owned
Treatment Works) removal efficiency attributable
to biodegradation of the chemical.
Range is 0.000000324 to
276.

Range is 0 to 550,000.
Range is 0 to 276.
Range is 9.11 e-44to
94.5.
Range is 88.5 to 99.9999
Range is 4 to 4100.
Range is 1 to
10,000,000,000.
Range is-7.18 to 12.11.
Range is 9.01 to 1,052.7
Range is 0 to 100.
Percent of chemical removed from the wastewater  Range is 1.85 to 100.
by the POTW.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                     1988-2002 TRI data
                 5-13

-------
                                                           Chapter 5: Selecting releases
                               Table 5-2.  Chemical Properties
              Variable
               Description
Format for Entering
   Information/
  Possible Values
        POTW Partition
        (Sludge) (pet)
Percent of total POTW removal efficiency        Range is 0 to 100.
attributable to sorption of the chemical to sewage
sludge.
        POTW Partition (Volat)  Percent of total POTW removal efficiency
        (pet)                 attributable to volatilization of the chemical.
                                         Range is 0 to 99.01.
        Water Solubility (mg/L)  The amount of chemical that dissolves in water at  Range is 0 to 3,320,000.
                             a particular temperature, usually 25 degrees
       	Celsius (mg/L).	


              •D    Chemical Identifiers

       Chemicals can be identified by common or scientific name and by the Chemical Abstracts
       Service (CAS) Registry number. Chemicals may have more than one common (or
       scientific name), but they have only one CAS Number. Another important identifier is
       whether or not the chemical is a metal. Also, the designation of core chemical, as noted
       below, indicates whether  or not facilities have been required to report releases of the
       chemical during all years of TRI reporting included in the RSEI Model, without any
       changes or modifications  to the chemical's reporting requirements.
                               Table 5-3.  Chemical Identifiers
                Variable
                Description
Format for Entering
   Information/
  Possible Values
        CAS Number
        CAS Standard
        Chemical
   Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number,   Select from list.
   which identifies a unique chemical. For
   chemical categories, CAS Numbers begin with
   "N", followed by three digits.

   The Chemical Abstracts Service Registry       Select from list.
   Number identifies a unique chemical. The
   standard format contains three sets of numbers
   divided by hyphens (00-00-0).

   Common name(s) of the chemical.            Select from list.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
               5-14
                                                1988-2002 TRI data

-------
                                                             Chapter 5: Selecting releases
                                Table 5-3.  Chemical  Identifiers
                Variable
              Description
 Format for Entering
     Information/
   Possible Values
         ChemType

         Full Chemical Name
        Metal
         Sort CAS
         Sort Name
This identifier is not yet active.

Full scientific name(s) of the chemical.
This flag indicates whether the chemicals are
metals and also whether they are core
chemicals. (Core chemicals are those that are
common to all reporting years of TRI and
which have had no modifications of reporting
requirements.)

Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number,
which identifies a unique chemical. For
chemical categories, CAS Numbers begin with
"N", followed by three digits.

Common name of chemical, with initial
modifiers moved to end of name. Used for
internal sorting purposes.
Enter as text with initial
capital (not
recommended- Use of
variable 'Chemical' is
more reliable.)

Choices are:
M [metal];
CM [core metal];
NM [non-metal]; or
CNM [core non-metal]
Enter without hyphens
(functions same as
variable 'CAS Number')
Enter as text with initial
capital (not
recommended- Use of
variable 'Chemical' is
more reliable.)
               •D    Chemical Toxicity

       A variety of toxicity information is stored in the RSEI Model, ranging from information
       that makes up the underlying non-cancer and cancer toxicity values to the actual toxicity
       weights assigned to the chemicals using the method applied by the RSEI Model. You can
       choose subsets any of these variables when building your selection.  See Chapter 1 for a
       description of toxicity data in the model and for information on the method used to assign
       toxicity weights.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                               1988-2002 TRI data
             5-15

-------
                                                                 Chapter 5: Selecting releases
                                   Table  5-4.  Chemical  Toxicity
                 Variable
           Description
     Format for Entering
        Information/
      Possible Values
         Inhale Tox Weight


         MCL (mg/L)




         Oral Tox Weight
The RSEI toxicity weight for a
chemical for the inhalation pathway.
Range is 0.036 to 1,000,000.
EPA's current Maximum Contaminant   Range is 0.00000003 to 10.
Level, which is the national primary
drinking water standard for the
chemical.
The RSEI toxicity weight for a
chemical for the oral pathway.
         QSTAR Oral (1/mg/kg-day)  The oral cancer slope factor (q/): a
                                   measure of the incremental lifetime
                                   risk of cancer by oral intake of a
                                   chemical, expressed as risk per mg/kg-
                                   day.
         RfC Conf.
         RfC Inhale (mg/m3)
         RfCMF
Confidence levels are assigned to the
study used to derive the RfC, the
overall database, and to the RfC itself.
The inhalation reference concentration
(RfC) is defined as "an estimate (with
uncertainty spanning perhaps an order
of magnitude) of a continuous
inhalation exposure to the human
population (including sensitive
subgroups) that is likely to be without
appreciable risk of deleterious
noncancer health effects during a
lifetime" (U.S. EPA, 1994).

The modifying factor (MF) is a value
applied to the NOAEL when scientific
uncertainties in the study chosen for
estimating the RfC are not explicitly
addressed by the standard UFs.
Range is 0.01 to 1,000,000.
                                    Range is 0.000012 to 230.
Three levels may be assigned:
H [high]
M [medium]
L [low]

Range is 0.00001 to 50.
Three values may be assigned:
1.0
3.0
10.0
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
              5-16
                                                  1988-2002 TRI data

-------
                                                                 Chapter 5: Selecting releases
                                   Table 5-4.  Chemical Toxicity
                 Variable
           Description
     Format for Entering
        Information/
      Possible Values
         RfCUF
         RfDConf.
         RfDMF
         RfD Oral (mg/kg-day)
         RfDUF
The uncertainty factor (UF) is applied
to the no-observed-adverse-effect level
(NOAEL) upon which the RfC is
based, thereby reducing the dose. The
UF accounts for uncertainties in
extrapolation from experimental data
to an estimate appropriate to humans.

Confidence levels are assigned to the
study used to derive the RfD, the
overall database, and to the RfD itself.


The modifying factor (MF) is a value
applied to the NOAEL when scientific
uncertainties in the study  chosen for
estimating the RfD are not explicitly
addressed by the standard UFs.

The oral reference dose (RfD) is "an
estimate (with uncertainty spanning
perhaps an order of magnitude) of a
daily exposure  [by ingestion] to the
human population (including sensitive
subgroups) that is likely to be without
an appreciable risk of deleterious
effects during a lifetime"  (Barnes,
1988).

The uncertainty factor (UF) is applied
to the no-observed-adverse-effect level
(NOAEL) upon which the RfD is
based, thereby reducing the dose. The
UF accounts for uncertainties in
extrapolation from experimental data
to an estimate appropriate to humans.
Range is 10 to 10,000.
Three levels may be assigned:
H [high]
M [medium]
L [low]

Four values may be assigned:
1.0
3.0
5.0
10.0

Range is 0.000007 to 50.
Range is 1 to 30,000.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
              5-17
                                                  1988-2002 TRI data

-------
                                                                  Chapter 5: Selecting releases
                                    Table 5-4.  Chemical Toxicity
                 Variable
            Description
     Format for Entering
         Information/
      Possible Values
         Toxicity Category
This indicates whether the oral and
inhalation toxicity weights are based
on cancer health effects, non-cancer
health effects, or both.
         Toxicity Class - Inhale
This indicates whether the toxicity
weight for the inhalation pathway is
based on cancer or noncancer health
effects.
         Toxicity Class - Oral
This indicates whether the toxicity
weight for the oral pathway is based on
cancer or noncancer health effects.
Choices are: Carcinogen
[indicates that the chemical's
most sensitive endpoint for both
exposure pathways is cancer];
Non-carcinogen [indicates that
the chemical's most sensitive
endpoint for both exposure
pathways is noncancer effects];
and Mixed [indicates that the
chemical's most sensitive
endpoint varies by exposure
pathway]

Choices are: Carcinogen
[indicates that the chemical's
most sensitive endpoint for the
inhalation pathway is cancer];
Non-carcinogen [indicates that
the chemical's most sensitive
endpoint for the inhalation
pathway is noncancer effects];
Carcinogen*; and Non-
carcinogen*.
An asterisk indicates that the
toxicity weight came from the
oral exposure pathway.

Choices are:
Carcinogen [indicates that the
chemical's most sensitive
endpoint for the oral pathway is
cancer]; Non-carcinogen
[indicates that the chemical's
most sensitive endpoint for the
oral pathway is noncancer
effects]; Carcinogen*; and Non-
carcinogen*.
An asterisk indicates that the
toxicity weight came from the
inhalation pathway.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
              5-18
                                                   1988-2002 TRI data

-------
                                                                Chapter 5: Selecting releases
                                  Table 5-4.  Chemical Toxicity
                 Variable
            Description
    Format for Entering
        Information/
      Possible Values
         Toxicity Source
         Unit Risk Inhale (1/mg/m3)
         WOE
 Source of toxiciry information
 The unit inhalation risk is the excess
 lifetime risk due to a "continuous
 constant lifetime exposure of one unit
 of carcinogen concentration" (51 FR
 33998).

 Weight of evidence (WOE) categories
 indicate how likely a chemical is to be
 a human carcinogen, based on
 considerations of the quality and
 adequacy of data and the type of
 responses induced by the suspected
 carcinogen.  EPA WOE classifications
 include the following categories and
 associated definitions (51 FR 33996):
 A      Carcinogenic to humans
 B      Probable  carcinogen based on:
  •B1   Limited human evidence
  •B2   Sufficient evidence in animals
        and inadequate or no evidence
        in humans
 C      Possible carcinogen
 D      Not classifiable
 E      Evidence of non-
	carcinogenicity	
Choices are:
IRIS, OPP, ATSDR, CalEPA,
HEAST, or DERIVED plus the
date of search. This field is not
recommended for searching.

Range is 0.00026 to 67.
Choices are:
A
Bl
B2
C
D
E
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
               5-19
                                                  1988-2002 TRI data

-------
                                                                Chapter 5: Selecting releases
                •D    Elements

        The variables in the following table are associated with the elements generated by the
        RSEI model. In general, the information in the following table describes output from the
        model or describes the variables as used in the model.
                                        Table  5-5.  Elements
                 Variable
              Description
 Format for Entering
     Information/
   Possible Values
         Pounds (Post treatment)



         Population


         Score

         Score Category Code
         Score Category Text
         Score Children < 10
         Score Children 10 to 17
         Score Males 18 to 44
Total pounds released associated with each
element after any treatment by POTWs or off-
site facilities.

Exposed population associated with each
element.

Indicator Element Score.

Codes corresponding to the medium into
which the chemical is released.  Examples of
the information include:  direct air releases
from the stack using a "rural" air dispersion
model, fugitive air releases, releases to an on-
site landfill.

Descriptions of release media and other
descriptors corresponding with the score
category codes.
Indicator Element Score for children less than
ten years old.

Indicator Element Score for children between
ten and 17 years of age (inclusive).

Indicator Element Score for males 18 years
old through 44 years old (inclusive).
Range is 0 to
330,000,000.
Range is 0 to
2,115,356,032.

Range is 0 to 8,259,255.

Choices are 0-33
[See Table 9-3 in
Chapter 9 for
descriptions]
See Table 9-3 in Chapter
9 for descriptions.
[The descriptions in
Table 9-3 are not the
exact descriptions
included in the model; it
is recommended that you
use the Media Codes
when building your
selection rather than
these media descriptions]

Range is 0 to
1,713,395.5.

Range is 0 to
1,495,986.88.

Range is 0 to
1,718,331.0.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
             5-20
                                                1988-2002 TRI data

-------
                                                           Chapter 5: Selecting releases
                                     Table 5-5.  Elements
                Variable
             Description
             Format for Entering
                Information/
               Possible Values
        Score Females 18 to 44
        Score Adults 65 and older
Indicator Element Score for females 18 years   Range is 0 to
old through 44 years old (inclusive).          1,395,486.75.

Indicator Element Score for adults 65 years    Range is 0 to
old and older.	1,128,256.38.
               •D     Facility Location

       One or more facilities can be used in a selection based on location. For example, a single
       facility may be located using the street address, or all facilities in a state may be chosen.
       Facilities can also be chosen based on their distance from the nearest stream reach or the
       nearest weather station (WBAN). All variables that can be used to select facilities based
       on location are listed in the following table:
                                 Table 5-6.  Facility Location
                Variable
      Description
Format for Entering Information/
        Possible Values
         City
City where the TRI facility   Enter city name using all capital letters.1
is located
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                             1988-2002 TRI data
            5-21

-------
                                                                 Chapter 5: Selecting releases
                                    Table 5-6.   Facility Location
                  Variable
      Description
   Format for Entering Information/
           Possible Values
         County
         Distance to Stream
         Distance to WBAN
         FIPS
         Latitude


         Longitude
County where the TRI
facility is located
Enter county name using capital letters.1
Because more than one state may contain a
given county name, the preferred entry
format is to enter the two letter state
postal code followed by a comma and the
county name (with no space between state
and county).  For example, Prince George's
County, Maryland should be entered as:
"MD,PRINCE GEORGES"
(Note that although there is no space
between the state and the first name of the
county, there is a space between words in
the county name.)
Alternatively, one can subset both state and
county together.
In addition, counties beginning with 'Me'
should be entered like 'Me Donald,' with a
space between 'Me' and the rest of the
word.
The distance between a      Range is 0 to 3,999.84.
facility discharging to water
and the reach of the
receiving water body (m).

The distance between a
facility and the nearest
weather station (m).
Range is 0 to 304,342.34.
TRI facility FIPS (Federal
Information Processing
Standard) code which
identifies the county
associated with the facility

Final facility latitude after
RSEIQA process.

Final facility longitude after  Range is -170.69 to 145.71.
RSEI QA process.
Enter code using leading zeros if code is
less than five digits.
Range is -14.29 to 66.43.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
             5-22
                                                 1988-2002 TRI data

-------
                                                                     Chapter 5: Selecting releases
                                      Table 5-6.   Facility  Location
                   Variable
       Description
                              Format for Entering Information/
                                       Possible Values
          EPA Region
          On Tribal Land



          Tribal Land Name


          State


          Street


          LatLongMethod



          X


          Y


          ZIPCode

          State FIPS
                           Enter EPA region number 1 through 9.
EPA region where facility
is located.  There are 10
EPA regions. Any
information which cannot
be matched to an actual
EPA region (e.g., an
unrecognized ZIP code) is
assigned to a dummy
region (called UK).

Flag indicating whether     True [facility is on tribal land]
facility is located on a tribal  False [facility is not on tribal land]
land.
Name of tribal land on
which facility is located.
                           Enter text.
State in which the facility is  Enter the two character state postal code,
located.                    using all capital letters.
Street address of facility.
Method by which the final
coordinates of the facility
were determined.

Assigned grid value based
on latitude.

Assigned grid value based
on longitude.

Facility ZIP code

TRI facility FIPS (Federal
Information Processing
Standard) code which
identifies the state
associated with the facility.
                           Enter text.  (Not recommended unless exact
                           entry from Form R is known.)

                           Enter text.
                           Range is -18,381.5 to 15,647.5.
                           Range is -1,587.5 to 7,382.5.


                           Enter five digits2

                           Enter code using leading zeros if code is
                           less than two digits.
         'Because there may be some variation in the spelling of city, county, or facility names in the TRI database, you may need to enter
         several spellings of the item you are interested in. For example, to obtain data for St. Louis, Missouri, you should enter all of the
         following city spellings:
         SAINT LOUIS
         ST. LOUIS
         ST LOUIS
         2Over the years covered by the model, some ZIP codes have been deleted, others have been reassigned, and yet others have been added.
         Thus, when doing regional selections, use of city, county, state, or region is advisable.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                    1988-2002 TRI data
              5-23

-------
                                                                 Chapter 5: Selecting releases
                •D     Facility Identifiers

        Some users may be familiar with facility identifiers, and may wish to use this information
        to choose the facilities of interest. A variety of identifiers, from the name as reported to
        TRI to identifying numbers associated with marketing data (DUNS numbers), are listed in
        the following table, along with the formats required when selecting the facilities:

                                  Table 5-7.   Facility Identifiers
               Variable
        Description
                                Format for Entering Information/
                                         Possible Values
        DUNS




        Facility ID


        Name
        Near Stream



        NPDES Permit Number



         Parent DUNS



        Parent Name
The 9-digit number assigned by  Enter the nine digits.
Dun & Bradstreet for the
facility or establishment within
the facility.
                             Enter the 15 character TRI identifier, using
                             digits and upper case letters.

                             Enter name using capital letters.1

                             Enter the 11 digits.
Unique TRI identifier for
facility.

TRI facility name
USGS Reach Identifier
(Concatenation of Catalog,
Unit, Segment)

Permit number issued by US     Enter the nine digits.
EPA for facilities discharging to
water.

The 9-digit number assigned by  Enter the nine digits.
Dun & Bradstreet for the US
parent company.

Name of the corporation or      Enter name using all capital letters.
other business entity located in
the U.S. that directly owns at
least 50 percent of the voting
stock of the facility.
        RCRA Number
        WBANID
Number assigned by EPA to
facilities handling hazardous
waster under the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act.
                             Enter the 12 digits.
The ID assigned to the Weather Enter 1 to 3 digits.
Bureau/Army/Navy Weather
Station nearest to the facility.
        'Because there may be some variation in the spelling of city, county, or facility names in the TRI database, you may need to enter
        several spellings of the item you are interested in. For example, to obtain data for St. Louis, Missouri, you should enter all of the
        following city spellings:  SAINT LOUIS, ST. LOUIS, ST LOUIS
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                     1988-2002 TRI data
                  5-24

-------
                                                           Chapter 5: Selecting releases
              •D    Facility Industry

       A subset of all industries are required to report their releases to TRI. Specifically, all
       facilities within 2-digit Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) codes 20 through 39 must
       report releases (if those releases exceed given thresholds), and selected facilities within
       SIC codes 10, 12, 49, 51, and 73 must report their releases.  A given facility may produce
       more than one type of product or may be associated with more than one type of activity,
       and therefore, the facility may report up to six SIC codes on TRI Form R, with one code
       designated as primary. Facilities may submit multiple Form R's, and so potentially may
       report more than  six SIC codes and multiple primary codes.

       Because sector-based analyses are an important component of RSEI, facility reporting
       data are processed to make them easier to use. For any facility that has multiple primary
       SIC codes, RSEI assigns the most frequently reported one as SIC Code 1. If more than
       five additional SIC codes are reported, RSEI assigns the five most frequently reported as
       SIC Codes 2 through 6. Users can use the other fields to make selections at a more
       aggregated level  (2 or 3-digit SIC  Codes).  Note that if you choose to select releases using
       a numerical value in the "SIC Code Same 2 Digit" field, the model will not select
       facilities that have reported more than one 2-digit SIC Code (in such cases the code shows
       'MU,' 'MO'  or 'MN'). For details on the processing of the SIC Code data, see Technical
       Appendix F.  See Chapter 9 for a list of the industries associated with 2-digit and 3-digit
       SIC codes. The following table describes all the variables used in the model.
                                 Table 5-8.  Facility Industry
              Variable
           Description
     Format for Entering
         Information/
       Possible Values
        Federal Facility Flag
Code that indicates whether a facility is
considered federal for purposes of
Executive Order 12856.
Choices are: C = commercial; F =
federal; or G = government
contractor.
        SIC Code 1
        SIC Code 2
        SIC Code 2-Digit
        Primary
Facility's 4-digit SIC code designated as   Select from list.
"primary" by facility on Form R.  If no
primary SIC is designated, the field
displays "MR."
Facility' s most frequently reported non-   Select from list.
primary 4-digit SIC code.
First 2 digits of facility's primary SIC     Enter two digits.
code.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                5-25
                                                1988-2002 TRI data

-------
                                                                 Chapter 5: Selecting releases
                                    Table 5-8.   Facility Industry
         SIC Code 3


         SIC Code 3-Digit
         Primary

         SIC Code 4


         SIC Code 5


         SIC Code 6


         Multiple Primary SIC
         SIC Code Same 2 Digit
Facility's second most frequently
reported non-primary 4-digit SIC code.

First 3 digits of facility's primary SIC
code.

Facility's third most frequently reported
non-primary 4-digit SIC code.
Select from list.
Enter three digits.
Select from list.
Facility' s fourth most frequently reported  Select from list.
non-primary 4-digit SIC code.
Facility's fifth most frequently reported
non-primary 4-digit SIC code.

Code that indicates whether the facility
designated multiple SIC codes as
primary on Form R's submitted.


This code uses all SIC codes reported by
a facility to arrive at a single 2-digit code
for the facility, if applicable.
Select from list.
Choices are: True [facility reported
multiple primary SIC codes] or
False [facility reported only one
primary SIC code].

Choices are:
10, 12,20-39,49,51,73;
MU [for multiple codes among the
two digit codes listed above];
MO [for multiple codes within the
original industries only (20-39)];
MN [for multiple codes within the
expansion industries only (10,  12,
49, 51, 73)]; or
NR [for codes outside the valid
reporting range, NR or INVA].
                •D    Facility Other

        Facility-specific information is used to model air releases from the facility. For example,
        unique stack heights are used where available.  Stack-specific variables are described in
        the following table:
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                     1988-2002 TRI data
                  5-26

-------
                                                                  Chapter 5: Selecting releases
                                       Table 5-9.   Facility Other
                Variable
              Description
Format for Entering
    Information/
  Possible Values
         Stack Diameter         Diameter of facility stack that is emitting the Range is 0.003 to 36.58.
                                pollutant (m).

         Stack Diameter Source   Source of information on stack diameter.    Choices are: Calif [facility-
                                                                        specific data obtained from
                                                                        California state database]; EPRI
                                                                        fac [facility-specific data
                                                                        provided by the Electric Power
                                                                        Research Institute]; EPRI med
                                                                        [the overall median of coal/oil
                                                                        electric utilities provided by the
                                                                        Electric Power Research
                                                                        Institute]; Fac Spec [facility-
                                                                        specific data obtained from AFS
                                                                        or NET]; New York [facility-
                                                                        specific data obtained from New
                                                                        York state database]; Overall
                                                                        [median of all facilities obtained
                                                                        from AFS and NET]; SIC 2dig
                                                                        [median of all facilities in 2-digit
                                                                        SIC code obtained from AFS and
                                                                        NET]; SIC 3dig [median of all
                                                                        facilities in 3-digit SIC code
                                                                        obtained from AFS and NET];
                                                                        Wise  [facility-specific data
                                                                        obtained from Wisconsin state
                                                                        database].

         Stack Height           Height of facility stack that is emitting the   Range is 0.3 to 366.96.
                                pollutant (m).
         Stack Height Source     Source of information on stack height.
                                        See Stack Diameter Source.
         Stack Velocity

         Stack Velocity Source   Source of information on stack velocity.     See Stack Diameter Source.
Rate at which the pollutant exits the stack    Range is 0 to 49.98.
(m/s).
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                  5-27
                                                      1988-2002 TRI data

-------
                                                            Chapter 5: Selecting releases
               •D     Release

       The following table includes variables similar to some of the variables described in the
       Elements table. The main difference, however, is that the following variables reflect the
       information as reported by facilities to the TRI rather than information specific to the
       method used to model releases in the RSEI Model. For example, there is a Media Code
       for releases to the air from the facility stack (i.e., Stack Air), but there is no indication of
       whether the release occurs in an urban or rural  area (a distinction used in the air dispersion
       models).
                                     Table 5-10.  Release
              Variable
           Description
    Format for Entering
        Information/
      Possible Values
         Media Text
Descriptions of receiving media
associated with Media Codes.
         Media Code


         Pounds Released
Code associated with the media and/or
method of release.

Number of pounds released into this
media (Ibs).	
See Table 9-2 in Chapter 9 for
descriptions of Media Codes.
[The descriptions in Table 9-2
are not the exact descriptions
included in the model; it is
recommended that you use the
Media Codes when building
your selection rather than these
media descriptions.]

Enter digits using the codes
listed in Table 9-2 in Chapter 9.

Range is 1 to 330,000,000.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
               5-28
                                                1988-2002 TRI data

-------
                                                              Chapter 5: Selecting releases
               •D    Submission

        Information other than media-specific releases and SIC codes is submitted by facilities to
        TRI, and is retained in the model.  This information is described in the following table:
                                    Table 5-11.  Submission
              Variable
            Description
    Format for Entering
       Information/
     Possible Values
        DCN
        Max Amount Onsite
        Total Pounds to All
        Media

        Chemical Use Code
        Long/Short Form
        Year
Unique document control number assigned
by TRI to each submission by a reporting
facility.

Maximum amount of chemical stored on-
site in any given calendar year.

Combined releases to all media for each
TRI submission.

Code describing whether chemical is
manufactured, processed, or otherwise
used at the facility.

Code describing whether data were
submitted via the TRI long form or the
TRI short form.

Reporting year of interest.	
Enter 13 digits.
Enter digits using the codes
listed in Table 9-4 in Chapter 9.

Range is 1 to 695,010,760.
Enter letter using the codes
listed in Table 9-4 in Chapter 9.
Enter L for long form and S for
short form.
Enter all four digits, e.g., 1997.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                5-29
                                                 1988-2002 TRI data

-------
                                                         Chapter 5: Selecting releases
              •D    Internal IDs
       Numbers assigned within the RSEI Model can be used to identify facilities, chemicals,
       and releases.  Use the following formats for building selections using these numbers:
                                  Table 5-12.  Internal IDs
             Variable
            Description
    Format for Entering
       Information/
     Possible Values
       Element Number
       Release Number
       Chemical Number
       Facility Number
       Submission Number
       Off-site Number
Unique identifier for Indicator Elements.
Unique identifier for facility releases.
Unique identifier for TRI chemicals.
Unique identifier for TRI facilities.
Unique identifier for submissions.
Unique identifier for off-site facilities.
Range is 1 to 3,801,711.
Range is 1 to 2,883,761.
Range is 1 to 615.
Range is 1 to 45,165.
Range is 1 to 1,369,846.
Range is 1 to 2,001,942.
Examples of Complex Selections
       The following examples explain how to build complex queries to answer specific
       questions. Note that when building a complex query, the order in which you list condition
       statements does not matter; what does matter is how you bracket them.
       Example 1
       Suppose you want to look at air releases of chemicals that are Clean Air Act pollutants or
       Hazardous Air pollutants.  You have already looked at California specifically, so you are
       not interested in releases from that state. In addition, you have already looked at benzene
       and toluene releases by themselves, so you would like to exclude them, too. Your
       selection would look like the following:
              O Choose records where all of the following apply
                     1.  Facility Location. State is not equal to CA
                     2.  any of the following apply
                            2.1. Chemical Flags. HAP Flag is equal to True
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                              1988-2002 TRI data
               5-30

-------
                                                        Chapter 5: Selecting releases
                           2.2.  Chemical Flags. CAA Flag is equal to True
                    3. Chemical Identifiers.Chemical is not equal to Benzene
                    4. Chemical Identifiers.Chemical is not equal to Toluene
                    5. any of the following apply
                           5.1.  Release Media.Code is equal to 1
                           5.2.  Release Media.Code is equal to 2
       Example 2
       Suppose you want to look at a specific industry, for instance paints and allied products,
       SIC code 2851. Because reporting facilities are allowed to report up to six 4-digit SIC
       codes, to be sure that you select all of the facilities in the industry, it is safest to allow the
       selection of a facility with that SIC code in any one of those six fields. Suppose you are
       also only interested in releases of OSHA carcinogens, and only those facilities in Texas.
       Your period of interest is 1994 to the present, and you want to  exclude large facilities that
       release over 1,000,000 pounds annually. Your selection would look like the following:

              O  Choose records where all of the following apply
                     l.any of the following apply
                           1.1. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 1 is equal to 2851
                           1.2. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 2 is equal to 2851
                           1.3. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 3 is equal to 2851
                           1.4. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 4 is equal to 2851
                           1.5. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 5 is equal to 2851
                           1.6. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 6 is equal to 2851
                     2. Facility Location.State is equal to TX
                     3. Chemical Flags.OSHA Carcinogens is equal to True
                     4. Submission.Total Pounds is less than 1000000
                     5. Submission. Year is greater than  1993
       Example 3
       Suppose you want to look at a full trend over time in risk-related scores.  As noted
       previously, changes have been made to the TRI reporting requirements that need to be
       accounted for when doing time trend analyses.  The first change is that in 1998 TRI
       required facilities in new SIC codes to report.  These facilities must be excluded to get an
       accurate time trend. The second change is that TRI has added and deleted chemicals from
       the list of reportable chemicals, and changed how some chemicals are reported. The RSEI
       model includes a Flag called 'Core Chemical,' that marks only those chemicals that have
       been reported over the entire time period of TRI reporting with no changes in the details

Version 2.1.2                                                               1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 5-31

-------
                                                         Chapter 5: Selecting releases
       of their reporting requirements. And, if you are only interested in risk-related scores, you
       can limit your selection to the media that are fully modeled (air, direct water, POTW and
       off-site incineration releases). Your selection would look like the following:

       O Choose records where all of the following apply
              1.  none of the following apply
                           1.1.  Facility Industry.SIC Code 1 is equal to 1021
                           1.2.  Facility Industry.SIC Code 1 is equal to 1031
                           1.3.  Facility Industry.SIC Code 1 is equal to 1041
                           1.4.  Facility Industry.SIC Code 1 is equal to 1044
                           1.5.  Facility Industry.SIC Code 1 is equal to 1061
                           1.6.  Facility Industry.SIC Code 1 is equal to 1099
                           1.7.  Facility Industry.SIC Code 1 is equal to 1221
                           1.8.  Facility Industrv.SIC Code 1 is equal to 1222
                           1.9.  Facility Industrv.SIC Code 1 is equal to 1231
                           1.10. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 1 is equal to 4911
                           1.11. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 1 is equal to 4931
                           1.12. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 1 is equal to 4939
                           1.13. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 1 is equal to 4953
                           1.14. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 1 is equal to 5169
                           1.15. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 1 is equal to 5171
                           1.16. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 1 is equal to 7389
              2.  Chemical Flags.Core Chemical Flag is equal to True
              3.  any of the following apply
                           3.1  Release.Media  Code is less than or equal to 3
                           3.2  Release.Media  Code is equal to 6
                           3.3  Release.Media  Code is equal to 750
                           3.3  Release.Media  Code is equal to 754
       Because it is always a good idea to exclude the new industries and include only the core
       chemicals when doing a time trend analysis, this is a very useful selection. It saves the
       need to retype the selection statements each time you do a time trend if you save the first
       two statements (everything up to '3. any of the following apply') the first time you type
       them, by clicking on the Save button at the top of the Select Elements... screen. To
       retrieve the selection, click the Open button, and modify the selection as needed.  If you
       do not click the Save button after your modifications, only the original part of the
       selection will be  saved. If you want to save your modifications in addition to your
       original statements, simply save the modified selection with a new name.
Version 2.1.2                                                                1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  5-32

-------
                                                        Chapter 5: Selecting releases
       Example 4
       Another possible trend analysis is to look at results over a shorter period of time. As in
       any trend analysis, you must account for reporting changes. RSEI provides an easy way
       to do short trend from 1995-2002, which is referred to as a mini-trend. The year 1995 is
       picked as a starting point because it is the first reporting year after the 1994 expansion of
       TRI reporting, where a large number of chemicals were added to the TRI list. For this
       selection, you can use the MiniCoreChemicalFlag, which is 'True' for all chemicals with
       unchanged reporting requirements over the period 1995-2002. As in the previous
       example, you still must account for the 1998 addition of SIC codes. Your selection for a
       mini-trend for modeled media only would look like the following:

       O Choose records where all of the following apply
              1.  none of the following apply
                           1.1.  Facility Industry.SIC Code  1 is equal to 1021
                           1.2.  Facility Industry.SIC Code  1 is equal to 1031
                           1.3.  Facility Industry.SIC Code  1 is equal to 1041
                           1.4.  Facility Industry.SIC Code  1 is equal to 1044
                           1.5.  Facility Industry.SIC Code  1 is equal to 1061
                           1.6.  Facility Industry.SIC Code  1 is equal to 1099
                           1.7.  Facility Industry.SIC Code  1 is equal to 1221
                           1.8.  Facility Industrv.SIC Code  1 is equal to 1222
                           1.9.  Facility Industrv.SIC Code  1 is equal to 1231
                           1.10. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 1 is equal to 4911
                           1.11. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 1 is equal to 4931
                           1.12. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 1 is equal to 4939
                           1.13. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 1 is equal to 4953
                           1.14. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 1 is equal to 5169
                           1.15. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 1 is equal to 5171
                           1.16. Facility Industrv.SIC Code 1 is equal to 7389
              2.  Chemical Flags.Mini Core Chemical Flag is equal to True
              3.   any of the following apply
                           3.1  Release.Media Code is less than or equal to 3
                           3.2  Release.Media Code is equal to 6
                           3.3  Release.Media Code is equal to 750
                           3.3  Release.Media Code is equal to 754
Version 2.1.2                                                               1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 5-33

-------
CHAPTER 6
Displaying Selected Facilities- The Selected Facilities
Browser

       Once you have selected the records you would like to analyze using the Select button, you
       can view your data in a variety of ways. To see a list of the facilities in the selected data
       set and their locations on a map, choose Selected Facilities Browser from the second row
       of options at the top of the screen. You will see a screen with three parts. The top part of
       the screen is the list of the facilities selected in your selection. You can group and sort
       this list,  and expand it to look at specific chemical releases for each facility.  The bottom
       left part  of the screen is the U.S. map.  Here you can map your selected facilities, as well
       as show the surrounding populations and the concentrations of air releases. The map
       information screen at the bottom right provides the buttons which navigate and customize
       the map, and displays information about the map's  current display. You can resize each
       of the sections of the screen by clicking and dragging on the arrows separating each
       section of the screen.  The following sections describe each part of the screen, and how
       they function together to allow you to see the information you need in  the most helpful
       way.

       When you open the Selected Facilities Browser, it may take a few minutes to update the
       display with the set of selected facilities. Even if your set has not changed, if you open
       another  screen, then go back to the Selected Facilities Browser, the model will refresh the
       screen again, which will take a few minutes to complete. The status bar at the bottom left
       of your screen will inform you of what the model is doing.
The Selected Facilities List

       The list at the top of the screen shows all the facilities that have at least one release in the
       selected set.  For each facility, the list shows its TRI facility ID number, the facility name,
       the city, state and ZIP code of the facility, its latitude and longitude, and the total score for
       the facility in 2002. The default sort order of the list is by TRI Facility ID. However, by
       clicking on the header for any column, you can sort the list by that column's variable. A
       grayed-out arrow will appear in the right-hand corner of the header to show you that the
       list is sorted by that column. Note that if a facility is highlighted before sorting, it will
       remain in the display afterward. If you want to see the beginning of your list, use the
       arrow buttons to scroll up to the beginning.
Version 2.1.2                                                               1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 6-1

-------
                                                   Chapter 6: Displaying Selected Facilities
        Select


      Start  11 Selected Facilities E
                            Summary  Thematic Maps
            Selected Facilities List
                                  17.369 facilities selected
                                 127.311 releases selected
                                 127.311 elements selected
       Drag a column header hereto group by that column
       FadlitylD
                                ___^,.
                                                              60:53
                                                              08822
                                                                        i::ioe
                                                                        105122
                                                                                -877825
                                                                                -718597
                                                                                         O.OOE-00
                                                                                         O.OOE*00
                                                                                              ^J
                                                             Latitude: 39.37.01.04N
                                                             Longitude. 89.11.52.00W
                                                             North-South: 2997.81 km
                                                             East-West: 5132.85 km
                                                             Area: 15.387.327 sq km
                                                             Altitude: 137.075.0 (internal units)
                                                             Information
                            Map Information
                                Screen
                                                             States -17
                                                             Counties-17021
                                                             You clicked on:
                                                              Latitude: 39.28 09.01 N
                                                              Longitude: 89.20.39.01 W
                                                                                              J
                                                                                        Memory: 30,848 kb
                                 The Selected Facilities Browser


        The list works like a directory tree (such as in Windows Explorer) that you can expand or
        collapse by double-clicking on rows (or by clicking on the plus or minus sign at the far
        left of a highlighted row).  If you double-click on a facility in the list, you will see two
        entries below that facility: 'Submissions' and 'Full Facility Record.'  Double-click on the
        'Full Facility Record' to get a complete listing of all the information contained in the
        model about that particular facility.
   To open up a level in the Selected Facilities List, either double-click on the desired
   entry,  or click on the entry once to highlight it, then click on the plus sign at the far left
   of the  row.  Clicking on a plus sign will not work if the entry is not highlighted first.
        If you double-click on 'Submissions,' you will get a full listing of all of the facility's TRI
        submissions.  Those submissions that are included in your selected set will be highlighted
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                  1988-2002 TRI data
6-2

-------
                                       Chapter 6: Displaying Selected Facilities
in green. The default sort order for these releases is by DCN (the Document Control
Number assigned by TRI), but, like the facility list, you can double-click on any column's
header to sort by that column. For each submission, this list displays DCN, the year of the
submission, the chemical name, its use and Max Onsite codes (see Chapter 9 for
explanations of codes), the total pounds released,
                                                    Submissions are
                                                    chemical-specific, but can
                                                    include releases to more
                                                    than one medium.
                                                    Releases are specific to
                                                    one medium.
       and the inhalation and oral toxicity weight for the
       chemical.  If you double-click on a submission that
       has a nonzero entry for 'Total Pounds,' an entry
       titled 'Releases' will appear. Double-click on that
       entry, and 'Media Text' will appear.  Double-click
       on any of the 'Media Text' entries that appears, and
       the screen will display an entry called 'Scores.'
       Double-click on that, and the 'Scores' screen will
       display the total pounds, total score, population affected and the score category text. If the
       score is zero, the score category text will inform you of the reason the release could not be
       modeled.

       To return to a previous level, simply click on the minus sign to the left of each entry, and
       the entry will be hidden. Either double-click on the entry, or click on the plus sign to
       show it again.

       If you find a certain facility that you would like more information on and you wish  to
       make a new selection including that specific facility, you can copy the TRI ID in order to
       paste it into the selection statement. Simply highlight the row in the Selected Facilities
       List containing the desired TRI ID, and right-click on it.  Nothing will noticeably change
       in the display.  But you can then press Control-C, which will copy the TRI ID to the
       Windows clipboard. You can then paste the TRI ID anywhere, including the Select
       Elements... screen, or even other programs like Excel, WordPerfect,  etc.

       Changing the Grouping
       The default organization is to list facilities singly. However, if you want to group them,
       for instance by state, you can. Just click on the column header that you want to group by,
       such as 'State,' and drag it up to the darker gray bar at the top  of the screen and drop it
       there.  Then the list will show an entry for each state in your selection.  If you double-
       click on a  state, the list will expand to show all the facilities in that state.  The rest of the
       list works  as described above.

       You can also group on more than one column variable. For instance, you may want to
       group first on state, then on city.  Click and drag  'State' first, then 'City' and the model
       will show them linked in the gray bar at the top of the screen.  The collapsed list will show
       all states in your selection. If you click on a state, a list of all cities in that state in your

Version 2.1.2                                                                1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 6-3

-------
                                               Chapter 6: Displaying Selected Facilities
       selection will be displayed.  Then if you click on a city, a list of all the facilities in that
       state will be displayed.

       To return to the default grouping, simply click and drag the column headers from the gray
       bar at the top of the screen back to their original position.
            -RSEI Version Z.I.2
              Select
                       Export
                                 Print
                         Help
                                                    Data
                                                             Close
            Start


            I State
I Selected Facilities Browser  Summary   Thematic Maps   CustornTables

	'' ! "'' "           ' '!'T"
                        City
            d State: AL
            dj
            d State: AS
            d State: AZ
              d City: BENSON
              d City:BISBEE
                iFadlitylD          JName
                |d 85603BLZRN1BCOC | BLAZER INTERNATIONAL
                i  d Submissions
                                        City
                                        BISBEE
State
AZ
               I   d Full Facility Record
               iFadlitylD          [Name                     [City
               |d 85603PHLPS36WHWiPHELPS DODGE MINING CO. COPP... BISBEE


              d City: BUCKEYE	
                                                       State
                                                       AZ
                  List of Selected Facilities, Grouped by State and City
Using  Map Functions

       The map is shown in the bottom left of the
       'Selected Facilities Browser.' The buttons you can
       use to navigate and modify the map are in the
       bottom right.  The Map works with the list of
       selected facilities at the top of the screen- the
       facility that is highlighted in that list will determine
       what  some of the map features display. However,
       some of the map features work from the entire
       selected set.  All TRI reporting facilities are shown
       as purple circles on the map.  Off-site facilities are
       shown as yellow squares.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                          TRI reporting facilities (or on-site
                                          facilities) are those facilities
                                          required by law to report their
                                          emissions to TRI. Off-site
                                          facilities (or receiving facilities)
                                          are facilities, like landfills or
                                          POTWs that do not directly report,
                                          but receive waste from TRI
                                          reporting facilities.  The reporting
                                          facilities provide details about the
                                          disposal methods used by the off-
                                          site facilities.
                                         >	,

                                                          1988-2002 TRI data
                           6-4

-------
                                            Chapter 6: Displaying Selected Facilities
       Finding a Location (Position)
       The default view of the map is the continental U.S. view. Alaska and Hawaii are not
       shown in the initial map but are available in other views (see below for details).  The
       information to the right of the Map View screen describes the current map.  You can click
       on any part of the map with the mouse.

       When the Position button is highlighted the following information is displayed:

       •      Latitude and Longitude refer to the last point where the cursor was placed on the
             map (latitude and longitude will change as the cursor is moved);
       •      North-South and East-West express the kilometers that can be viewed along each
             axis in the current map;
       •      Area shows the square kilometers shown on the current map;
             Altitude reflects the zoom level of the current map, and is approximately the
             kilometers that can be viewed in the width of the screen;
       •      Information  shows, in the bottom right-hand window, a list of geographic and
             demographic  facts about an area on the map that you click on. Facts include the
             FIPS code of the state and county, and the name of the facility if a triangle was
             clicked on.
       Changing the Zoom

       Three zoom icons are available for selecting a
       position on the map.  The Zoom-in icon
       will zoom in on the center of the current map.
       The Zoom-in icon also allows the user to
       select a specific state by clicking on the arrow
       to the right of the icon and then the desired
               To zoom in, either click the
               zoom-in icon, or draw a box with
               the cursor around the area you
               want to zoom in on, while
               holding down the right mouse
               button.
       state. The Zoom-out icon
zooms out from the current map.  Click on the US map
       icon  I""-*"1* I to zoom back to the full continental US view. You can also zoom into a
       particular area by drawing the diagonal of a square with the cursor while holding down the
       right mouse button.

       You can move the map by left-clicking on the map and dragging the cursor in the
       direction that you want the map to move.  There will be a slight time delay as the map
       adjusts itself. In this way you can move the map to view Alaska, Hawaii and the
       territories.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                   1988-2002 TRI data
     6-5

-------
                                              Chapter 6: Displaying Selected Facilities
       Retrieving Information
       To retrieve geographic information about a point on the map, click the Identify icon then
       click on any point on the map.  In the Information box geographic and demographic data
       for the selected point will be displayed. Displayed data include locational information
       like latitude and longitude, state, county, and nearby geographic features; population data
       from the U.S. Census Bureau (at the grid-cell level); and data on nearby TRI reporting
       facilities.  (See the tables of variable descriptions in Chapter 6 for an explanation of the
       information displayed here.)
       Highlighting Selected Facilities

       When you open the Selected Facilities Browser, the map will only show the facilities in
       your selected set.  On-site facilities will be shown as purple circles. Off-site facilities will
       be shown as yellow squares. If you click on the 'Toggle highlight of selected facilities,'
       the remaining facilities not in your selected set will also be shown.  Nonselected on-site
       facilities will be shown as light purple circles. Nonselected off-site facilities will be
       shown as white squares.
       Showing Facility Names

       Click on the 'Show/Hide Facility Names' icon to display the names of all facilities (not
       just those in your selected set). If your map is zoomed out too far, the names will appear
       printed over each other and will be illegible.  This function is only useful when you are
       zoomed in to a handful of facilities.  If you want to perform a selection on the facilities
       you currently see displayed, see the next section below.  To remove the facility names,
       simply click on the button again.


       Selecting a New Set of Facilities by Geographic Location

       Clicking on the 'Select all facilities in current view' icon will select all of the TRI
       facilities that are currently showing on the map screen. The model will ask if you would
       like to add more conditions to your selection; if you would like to limit the selection by
       other variables such as year, or chemical, click 'Yes.'  The Select elements... screen will
       appear where you can modify the selection as desired (the first two statements added by
       the model are based on latitude and longitude) and select the displayed facilities.
       Otherwise click 'No.'  When the set of selected facilities is displayed in the ' Selected
       Facilities Browser,' the map as you modified it before your selection will still be

Version 2.1.2                                                                1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  6-6

-------
                                               Chapter 6: Displaying Selected Facilities
       displayed, so you can simultaneously see your facilities on the map and then the facilities
       and their associated releases and scores in the window above.
       Displaying the Map Legend
       For help with any of the symbols used on the map, click on the 'Display Legend' icon at
       the far right of the row of icons. This will display a pop-up window with short
       descriptions of each of the  symbols used to represent physical and political entities, such
       as roads, streams, and boundary lines for states, counties and tribal lands.  To hide the
       window once it is displayed, either click on the small 'x' in the upper right corner of the
       window, or simply click on anything else on the screen outside the window. The window
       can also be moved anywhere else on the screen by clicking and dragging the top title bar.
Displaying Facility Information

       Some of the features on the Map screen work
       in conjunction with the list of selected
       facilities shown at the top of the screen. The
       sections below first describe the icons at the
       top of the right-hand screen, then the Cells
       button, which displays cell-specific population
       and concentration data.
       Locating the Selected Facility
        Cells
Latitude: 39.02.13.00N
Longitude: 79.50.32.03W
North-South: 3056.42 km
East-West: 5229.12 km
Area: 15,982,397 sq km
Altitude: 446,418.0 (internal units)
Information
Map Info:
  E ast-We st I e n gth: 5 2 2 9.1 km
  North-South length: 3056.4 km
  Area: 15,982,397 sq km
You clicked on:
  Latitude: 39.43.20.02N
  Longitude: 77.28.40.01W
Census 1990
  X=-6621.5
       First click on a facility in the selected facilities list at the top of the screen, so it is
       highlighted. You can also highlight a particular submission or full facility record for a
       facility.  Then click on the binoculars icon. The model will zoom in using concentric
       circles to show you where the facility is located. If you like, you can then click the zoom
       in icon to zoom in to more detail. Additional information about  a facility can be displayed
       by clicking on the small arrow to the right of the binoculars icon. A drop down menu with
       four buttons will appear. 'Stream Path' shows the modeled receiving stream. If there are
       no water releases, the model will alert you that, 'Facility has no receiving stream defined.'
       If you click on the 'Receiving facility' option, the model will show you where the off-site
       facility (if any) that receives waste from your highlighted  selection is located. However,
       because a facility can send waste to more than one receiving facility, you must first
Version 2.1.2                                                                  1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  6-1

-------
                                               Chapter 6: Displaying Selected Facilities
       highlight a specific release.  If you do not, the model will prompt you to select one.  If
       there is an off-site facility, you can also click on 'Stream Path for Receiving Facility' to
       see the nearest stream to that off-site facility. To clear either stream path, click 'clear
       reach path.'
       Displaying Populations and Chemical Concentrations
       The last button in the row of icons also works in conjunction with the list of selected
       facilities at the top of the screen.  Using this button, you can display the population
       density and the concentration of air releases for a 50-km square around facilities in the
       selected set.  Select a facility in the selected facilities list at the top of the screen, so it is
       highlighted.  You can also
       highlight a particular
       submission or full facility
       record for a facility.  Then
       click on the grid icon.  The
       map will show a grid
       around your selected
       facility with gradations in
       color indicating different
       population densities.  If you
       click on a transfer to an off-
       site facility in the facilities
       list, you can click on the
       arrow to the right of the
       grid icon, and then click on
       'Population around
       receiving facility' in the drop-down menu.  This will create the same kind of grid, but with
       the off-site facility at the center. Note that the first option in the drop-down menu,
       'Population,' is the same as clicking on the grid icon itself.
       To model concentrations of fugitive and stack
       air releases around your selected facility, you
       must first select the release to be modeled.
       First double click on your selected facility, and
       then double click on'Submissions.'  This will     	
       display all of the chemicals released for your
       selected facility for all years. The chemical releases that are included in your selected set
       are highlighted in green.  Double-click on the chemical you would like to see the
       concentration for, click on 'Releases,' and then select a stack or fugitive air release.
       You can select any air release
       shown on the Selected Facilities
       List, whether it is highlighted
       green or not.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                            1988-2002 TRI data
6-8

-------
                                             Chapter 6: Displaying Selected Facilities
       Next, click on the 'Concentration' option in the drop-down menu from the grid button.
       This will model the air concentrations of the chemical release for all of the grid cells that
       have nonzero values.  The RSEI model only calculates concentrations out to 50 km, so
       that is the maximum size of the plume that will be displayed. The window to the right of
       the map will display the facility name, the year of the release, and the total pounds of the
       release(s) being modeled. The window will also display the range, mean, sum and
       standard deviation of the
       cell concentrations in black.
       Note that the colors used in
       the map are the ones
       selected through the
       Change Theme button
       explained below. The
       default is green to blue, but
       you can customize it to any
       color you would like. The
       number and type of class
       breaks, however, is fixed
       and cannot be changed.

       You can also model
       population-weighted concentrations for your
       selected release by clicking on the 'Pop
       Weighted Cone' option in the drop-down menu.
       This is equivalent to Pop*Conc- it does not
       include toxicity calculations. Note that this
       option is concentration multiplied by total
       population; subpopulation information is not
       available in this option.  You can model subpopulations using the Cells button, as
       described below. To clear the mapped cells, click the Change Theme button, and select
       'None' in the box next to 'Value.' Click OK and the map will clear.
            When graphing population or
            concentrations, you can click
            on the 'Show feature outline'
            option to see the outlines of
            the grid cells.
       Cells Button

       The RSEI model contains detailed demographic data at the cell level (a 1-km by 1-km grid
       cell is the unit of analysis used in the model). In the Cells screen, you can graphically
       display demographic data and aggregate air release concentrations.  You can even create
       and display custom variables based on the data in the model using the Change Theme
       button. A variable's range of values will be displayed on the map in graduated color,
       allowing  you to see differences in population density or level of chemical concentration.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                              1988-2002 TRI data
6-9

-------
                                            Chapter 6: Displaying Selected Facilities
       To select a new Theme click the
       Change Themes button. If you
       are not zoomed in on a small
       enough area, the model will give
       you a message. Either click the
       zoom in button to zoom in on the
       center of your currently displayed
       map, or draw a box with the
       cursor while holding down  the
       right mouse button to zoom in on
       that area.  The Select Theme...
       screen will appear. In the 'Type'
       box, you can select either
       'Population' or 'Concentration.'
 There are important differences to note between the grid icon function and the Cells
 button.  First, the grid icon graphs the population or air release concentration around
 the facility whose release is highlighted in the Selected Facilities List, while the Cells
 button graphs whatever area is showing on the map when the Cells button is clicked.
 Second, when graphing air concentrations, the grid icon function graphs only the air
 release selected in the Selected Facilities List. The Cells button graphs the sum of all
 of the air releases in the selected set (only those releases  highlighted in green in the
 Selected Facilities List) that impact the area shown on the map.
       If you select 'Population,' you can then graph gradations in total population or various
       population subgroups by selecting the appropriate entry in the 'Value' field. If you select
       a subgroup, you can then graph that
       subgroup as a percentage of the total
       population in each cell by clicking on the
       box below the 'Value' field. If you leave
       that box unchecked, the total number of
       people will be graphed. You can also select
       the year of the demographic data; the
       default is 2002.
       If you select 'Concentration' in the 'Type'
       field, then in the 'Value' field you can
       select how the releases are displayed.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004                                6-10
 The model will only graph the
 concentrations that are included in your
 set of selected releases.  For instance, if
 you selected all releases in Georgia in
 2002, and then try to graph
 concentrations in New York, the model
 will not create a graph. Similarly, you
 must select a year that is included in
 your set.
v	
                       1988-2002 TRI data

-------
                                             Chapter 6: Displaying Selected Facilities
       'Overlapping plume count' is a count of the number of releases (plumes) that are
       impacting each cell shown in the current display. Note that this is a count of releases, not
       the concentrations resulting from these overlapping releases.  'Tox weighted cone,' is the
       chemical concentration times the chemical's toxicity weight. The Tox*Pop*Conc
       subpopulation variables show the product of the chemical's concentration, its toxicity
       weight, and the specified subpopulation in each cell.

       You can accept the default class breaks, or you can select how you want the data
       gradations displayed by breaking the range of possible values into classes.  In the
       'Number of Classes' box, select how many classes you want your data broken down into.
       The higher number of classes you select, the more detailed gradations in color you will
       see on the map.  However, if your data has a small range and you select a high number of
       classes, you may end up with several classes that start and end with the same value
       (depending on what kind of class break you select, see below). It may be necessary to try
       several different combinations of class number and class break type to create the desired
       graph.

       'Class Break Type' determines the method used by the model to break the variable's
       range into classes.  The following options are available:

       •     Range. This method takes the range of the values, and, using the number of class
             breaks you selected, splits the range so that all intervals are of equal size.
       •     Percentile. This method takes the range of the values, and, using the number of
             class breaks you selected, splits the range into intervals so that the number of cells
             falling into each interval is  equal.
       •     Standard Deviation. This method shows you how much a cell's value differs
             from the mean. The model finds the mean of all cells, then, using the number of
             class breaks you selected, sets the intervals at either one or some fraction of a
             standard deviation until all  the data are included in a class.

       The three buttons at the bottom of the  Select Theme screen determine the colors used in
       the map display.  The model automatically displays gradations of color between the 'Start'
       color and the 'End' color. The default color scheme is blue to green; however, you can
       change the two colors as desired.

       After all of the options are selected, click OK, and the model will graphically display the
       variable on the map.  Note that graphing air concentrations can take a considerable
       amount of time (up to ten minutes) because the model actually runs the air modeling
       program each time.  To the right of the map, the model will display the current theme and
       the range, mean,  sum, and standard deviation of the variable you selected for the
       geographic area shown on the map. The units for graphing population are the number of
       people per 1 km2 grid cell. The units for concentration are i-ig/m3.
Version 2.1.2                                                               1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                6-11

-------
                                            Chapter 6: Displaying Selected Facilities
       In the box under those statistics, the model will show the class breaks, and the colors used
       to display them on the map.  To select the members of any particular class, simply click
       on that line in the box, and all of members of that class will be highlighted in yellow on
       the map. You can only highlight one class at a time - the model will deselect the
       previously highlighted class if another one is clicked on  in the window.

       If you wish to change any of the options you have chosen,  simply click on the 'Change
       Themes' button again and modify the desired options.
   To clear any graphing from the map (whether graphed using the grid icon or the
   Cells button), you can click on the Cells button, then click on the Change Themes
   button. Select 'None' from Value' dialog box. The map will clear all graphed
 .values.                                                                          ,
Version 2.1.2                                                             1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                6-12

-------
CHAPTER 7
Snapshots of Selected Releases- Summary and Thematic
Maps

       The Summary and Thematic Maps buttons, found in the second row of menu buttons,
       provide quick standard ways to look at the set of releases you selected using the Select
       button.  The Summary button lets you quickly see graphs of total score and pounds by
       year, and year by media, as well as ranked lists of chemicals released and facilities. These
       options are frequently requested analyses, but may not be exactly what you want.  More
       customized functions can be found under the Custom Tables button, as explained in
       Chapter 8.
The Summary Button

       There are five options under the Summary button. Each is explained below.
                                        Selected Fecin- = Brc
                                                   aiy Thematic Maps CustomTables

                                                  alFSank I Facility Rank I Count/Rank
                                                                                3E.324 facilities selected
                                                                               1.129.236 releases selected
                                                                               1.537.375 elements selected
                                                                              '.300.000,000
                                                                              ;, 200,000,:::
Total by Year
This button brings up a
Preformatted graph that shows
the combined score and pounds
for all releases in the selected
set. There are two bars for
each year in your selection.
The red bar on the left displays
the total score for the year
indicated underneath the bars.
The total score is shown in a
yellow box above the red bar,
and is measured using the scale
on the left side of the graph.
The green bar on the right
displays total pounds for the
year indicated.  The total score
is shown in a yellow box above
the green bar, and is measured
using the scale on the right side of the graph.  If your selection only includes one year, the
graph will only show the two bars.
                                               Total by Year Summary Graph
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                                1988-2002 TRI data
                                  7-1

-------
                                           Chapter 7: Snapshots of Selected Releases
       Year by Media
       This button uses the same
       color scheme and scales as
       Total by Year.  But in this
       case the horizontal axis shows
       media instead of year.  The
       graph only shows one year at
       a time, which can be changed
       in the ' Select Year' box
       located above the graph.
       Chemical Rank
       This button shows all of the
       chemicals in the set of selected
       releases, ranked in order of
       highest score (risk-related
       result) first. This table only
       shows one year at a time,
       which can be changed in the
       ' Select Year' box at the top of
       the screen.
 -'•"•'" ]  Export

Start   Selected Facilities Browser 11 Summery | Thematic Maps CustomTable?

TotalbyYear 11 Year by Media I Chemical Rank  FacililyRank CounlyRank I


SelectYear: [2002     ~^\
                                                           Score and Pounds by Media lor 2002
                                                                                     36.324 facilities
                                                                                    1.429.23E release;
                                                                                    1,537,875 elements
                                                 Year by Media Summary Graph
"
|. I elect | E.pci1 Pint Help | Data [ dose |
Start Selected Facilities Browser [ Summery Thematic Maps CustomTable
Total byYeai Year by MeJia '"I HI, i ,-i R^ii fai. 1 1./ Rank CountyRank
SelertYeor: 200? _-]
Chemical [Pounds |S
> Copper '01, 851 1349
Lead 104,452.9227
Chromium 291,61 3 172
Diisocyanates 01,7258231
Nickel 27,373.6718
Manganese compounds 21,770 0231
Sulfuricacid 38.971.108.5
Lead compounds 27,271.5996
Manganese SBE.307.592
Chromium compounds 72,1 30 191 9
Phosphorus (yellow orwhite) 3,956.2129
Methanol 3E.6S3.41 38
Chlorine S79.053 987
Copper compounds 89,194.3298
Nickel compounds 53,357.1201
Diemrnotoluene (mixed isomers 17,433.9153
Acrylamide 14,646.3615
Glycol ethers IS1.013.S391
Acrolem ISS.-193.3402
Polycyclic aromatic compounds 145,731 .5755
Hydrochloric acid 598.991,949
\ Cobolt 21,810
|ldle 1 1
^H

core
1GE-07
.57E+C6
.11E+OE
77E+06
.35E+C6
.1EE+OE
: OBE+06
.61E+D6
.33E+OE
20E+06
.63E+D6
.E4E+OE
34E+C6
.33E+06
.10E+OE
72E+05
,12E*D5
i.C2E+CE
79E+OE
.58E+D5
.01E+OE
7EE+OE
19E*05

^\B]X
35,324 facilities selected
M29.236 releases selected
1,587,875 elements selected

3
J















	 ^i
HBmor/i3S.992W
                                                  Chemical Rank Summary Table
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                     1988-2002 TRI data
      7-2

-------
                                         Chapter 7: Snapshots of Selected Releases
       Facility Rank
       This button shows all of the
       facilities in the selected set,
       ranked in order of highest
       score (risk-related result)
       first. This table only shows
       one year at a time, which can
       be changed in the ' Select
       Year' box at the top of the
       screen.
       County Rank
       This button shows all of the
       facilities in the selected set,
       ranked in order of highest
       score (risk-related result)
       first. This table only shows
       one year at a time, which
       can be changed in the
       ' Select Year' box at the top
       of the screen.
ID [Name Pounds j Score
* ilSSSluE§3BB^U PETASYS INC 1
31
3D
38
31
03
35
10
" i!
~ SB
El
50
65
43
31
75
87
55
06
61
76
D2i
GRPHC9334M GRAPHIC RESEARCH INC 29
JHNBT545CE JOHNSTOWN CORP 1
MTLLRB10LI METALLURGICAL PRODS CO
MBTCH8944F AMBITECH INC 40
B^.TRH1501W BAXTER BIOSCIENCE 1 D.8
DXNHR1 1645 DIXON HARD CHROME 6
BSYS 3100A BAE SYS
MNRCH21 325 STANLEY DOORS
LBMPAMEDGO ALABAMA POWER CO GORGAS £ 2.6
MSTRP6932S MASTER PACKAGING INC
RPRDC1123H AIRPRODS L P S7.92
NTNLC1100S MERIDIAN RAIL CORP
LLDCL23Q1W CIBA SPECIALITY' CHEMICAL COR 619
Y'NGPS20758 YOUNG OPS
LKMMTROUTE ERAMET MARIETTA INC 71
LSCSB722WE LESCO INC SEBRING PLANT
SDSND?011E US DOE SANOIA NATL LABORA'
PRTW101EC HALDEXFRICTIOrj PRODUCT DIV 1
CPPNT101WB CARPENTER TECH CORP .2711
1669
1669
7.114
721
0855
1 353
4463
1036
82«
7.705
6.269
2478
7.226
2615
6318
2795
1.255
0436
6.336
5638
g
3
3
6
8
7
6
5
A
\
G
3
5
6
1

3

8
g
TRLLY1QE53 TRI-ALLOY INC ?31 27
DDLSV4212C DDE LOUISVILLE .11.015 5181 2 6
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
±,


,




,
,













                                               Facility Rank Summary Table
36,8?_M
120
120
182
190
170
Oil
120
060
51 S
123
211
420
~391
390
010
060
550
010
™ 120
180
01Q9
£918
|Narne |Poun
BMf^ALQS ANGELES 811.3
PA, CAMBRIA .86.65
PACHESTER 156.71
TX. HARRIS 164.18
UT.SALTLAfE .73.05
LCOOK .77.61
AL.WALKER 2.6
FLHILLSBOROUGH '31.72
CASAN BERNARDINO '76.75
VASUFFOLKCITr' 7.71
PA.BERKS 193.37
KY, JEFFERSON .13.198
PAAL.L.EGHENY I52 070
OH WASHINGTON IB5.3 6
OH.FRANKLIN I64.0 2
AZ.MARiCOPA '28.2 4
CA.ALAMEDA .78.5 8
Wt.MILW'AUKEE '12.4 8
AL JEFFERSON .89329
FLHIGHLANDS 27
N.MARION '31,314

759
62
20
19
89
53
78
41
21
24
08
47
SO
40
78
76
57
as
79
26
69
AL.AUTALIGA 1 630 G93
MO.ST LOUIS '8J.247615
Score -J £1
1 92E-07
234E»06
1 93E*06
1 51E+06
1 11E + 06
1 27E*06
1 11E-06
1 09Et06
753E*05
670E + 05
659E-05
637Ei05
599E+05
570E-D5
108E*05
399E-OF
369E-05
337Ei05
335E-Q5
331E-05
310E*D5
299E-05
2B1E-05
-f
Idle Memory: 36, 992 kh
                                              County Rank Summary Table
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                              1988-2002 TRI data
7-3

-------
                                         Chapter 7: Snapshots of Selected Releases
The Thematic Maps Button

       This button allows you to quickly see geographic differences for different themes.  At the
       top of the screen, you can select the year that you want to map, whether you would like to
       do it at the state or county level, and the theme you would like to display. You can
       display the total score for each county or state for that year, the score for population
       subgroups, the total pounds released for each county or state, or the total number of
       releases, facilities or chemicals for each county or state. When you select a theme, the
       model will automatically display it on the map. You can zoom in to a specific area by
       drawing a box with the cursor while holding down the right mouse button.  You can zoom
       back out using the button above the map. You can pan the map to see Alaska, Hawaii, or
       the territories by clicking and dragging the map. The legend in the window on the lower
       left shows the range of values and their corresponding colors. The text above it displays
       the range, mean, sum, and standard deviation for the national distribution. Adjacent to the
       theme selection, you can see the value for your selected theme wherever you currently
       have the cursor placed.  If you  click on the 'Show feature outlines' option, the map will
       display the state or county boundaries in black, to  clearly outline states and counties.
Version 2.1.2                                                               1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 7-4

-------
                                                  Chapter 7: Snapshots of Selected Releases
                Export
                                 Help
                                   36,821 facilities selected
                                 1.129.236 releases selected
                                 1.587.875 elements selected
            Selected Facilities Browser  Summary  Thematic Maps
                                               CustomTables
      Select Year: 2DD2
                           State  (~ County    Zoom out  v> tJhowtcBturu outlines,
      Theme: Score
                              J Value: 120,868
       Range: 413.2-20,311,665

       Mean: 1.111.208

       Sum: 58.201.610

       Std Dev: 3,025,301

       No data:  |      |

       (Value of-99.00 displayed.)

       112
      113.2-27,207
      27,207-61,372
      61,372-120.868
      120,668-212.086
      212.086-327.107
      327.107-536.967
      536.967-819,256
      819.256-1.009.127
      I [ID'S 427 - 20 EMI 665
                                                                                            Memory: 36,992k!
                             Thematic Map, Showing Score by State
        The model may take a few minutes to load the Thematic Map. The map will use
        whatever color scheme you have selected in the Change Theme dialog box (in the
        Selected Facilities Browser).  The number and type of class breaks are fixed and cannot
        be changed.
Version 2.1.2

August 2004
                                    1988-2002 TRI data
7-5

-------
CHAPTER 8
Analyzing Selected Releases - Custom Tables
       The Custom Tables button allows for the display of information in many different ways.
       Like the Selected Facilities Browser, custom tables work from the data set selected using
       the Select button.

       You can construct a table using any variables in the model (including variables that were
       not used in your selection), change the rows and columns, examine different statistics, sort
       the data, and cut the data in many different ways.
Creating a New Table

       Click New Table to create a new table based on your selected data. This will bring up the
       Select Dimensions dialog. Here you can select the variables that will be displayed in
       your new table.  The variable names are in the format Category.Variable. There are five
       categories: Chemical, Facility, Submission, Release,  and Element.  Each variable is
       associated with a category. For instance,  Chemical.CAS Number refers to the CAS
       number variable, which is in the 'Chemical' category. Check the boxes next to the
       variable name to include the variable in your crosstab table. There is no firm upper limit
       on how many variables you can select. It depends on how many values each variable can
       show, and how much data will be displayed on the screen. If your table is too large or too
       complicated to be displayed you will see a 'list index out of bounds' error, and the model
       will not display the table. However, the table is often completed, and can be found in the
       C:\Program Files\RSEI\User directory, as a Paradox table with .db extension.

       Enter a name for your table in the box at the bottom of the screen. Note that file names
       cannot include any of the following characters: forward slash (/), backslash (\), greater-
       than sign  (>), less-than sign (<),  asterisk (*), question mark (?), quotation mark ("), pipe
       symbol (|), colon (:), or semicolon (;). If you attempt to enter any of these characters, the
       model will not accept it.  If this is not your first table, the name must be different than the
       previous table; the model will not overwrite what is currently showing.  The table will be
       saved to the C:\Program Files\RSEI\User directory as a Paradox table with a .db
       extension.
       The model will make the first variable selected the column variable, and the rest will be
       row variables; however, you can change the order once the table is displayed (see
       Modifying the Table, below). Hit Run!, and the table will be displayed in the window.
       Depending on how big your selected data set is and how complicated the table you
       requested is, it may take anywhere from 30 seconds to 30 minutes to display the table.

       The new table is saved so that it can be loaded for future use. You can click the New
       Table button again to make a different table (using the same set of selected facilities).
Version 2.1.2                                                              1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 8-1

-------
                                             Chapter 8: Analyzing Selected Releases
       The row and column options you selected previously will still be checked, so be sure to
       deselect them if you do not want them included in your next table. The name of the table
       currently showing appears to the right of the third row of menu buttons.
Select | E
Start Selected
Ml by?
Non-Empty Cells: "
Non-Zero Cells: 19
| Table Graph
Value
Pet
IBBI
1995
1996
1997
Idle
*port I Print Help Data
Facilities Browser Summary l Thematic Maps
| New Table j Load Table Filter
2 Value
4!V/
j Close |
j CustornTabi
Options
3S I

Selected | Risk-related Results jj
Sorted Table i
H^^^H
•SESIEMS9B CT
IFugitiveAir 111,502
1.422
2 Stack Air
3 Direct Water
6 POTWTransft
	 Sum
1 Fugitive Air
2 Stack Air
3 DirectWater
6 POTWTransff
1 Fugitive Air
2 Stack Air
3 DirectWater
80.276
0.8069
522,097
5.246
50,415
0.5067
791,290
7.981
285,492
2.870
90,611
0.9108
530,441
5.332
25,563
0.2570
932,111
9.369
290,996
2.925
151,974
1.528
371.793
.JiJx
1,566 fad ties selected
38,61 0 releases selected
66,920 elements selected
1 995-2002 EPA Region 1 State by Media by Year

MA
170,377
1.713
131,591
1. 323
2,529
00254
30,573
0.3073
335,073
3.368
130,434
1.311
90,976
0.9145
2,169
0.0218
11,907
0.1197
235.486
2.367
80,397
0.8081
132,801
1 SK
1 439
ME
41,852
0.4207
56,374
0.5666
154.0
00015
142.5
0.0014
96,522
0.9903
20,253
0.2036
51,766
0.5203
1845
0.0019
7396
0.0074
72,942
0.7332
17,135
0.1722
44,515
04474
2552
NH
26,360
0.2650
14,122
0.1420
6472
00065
1,130
0.0114
42,259
0.4248
113,999
1.146
16,222
0.1631
1,039
0.0101
1,428
0.0141
132,688
1.331
177,761
1.787
13,470
01^54
4633
Rl
22,762
0.2288
7.641
0.0768
1,629
0.01 64
9,312
0.0936
41,345
0.4156
21,381
0.2149
6,530
0.0656
2,121
0.0211
6,610
0.0661
36,645
0.3683
6,006
0.0604
6,177
0.0621
1,462
VT
138.0
0.0014
2,935
0.0295
0.9251
9.299E-D6
34.98
3.516E-04
3,109
0.0312
67.03
6.737E-04
2,939
0.0295
0.3855
3.875E-06
8248
B.29DE-D1
3,088
0.0310
56.BO
5.709E-04
254.6
0.0026
1.918
402,991
4.051
292,942
2.915
527,057
5.298
91,607
0.9208
1,311,597
13.21
571,626
5.716
259,018
2.601
535,957
5.387
16,331
D.1657
1,412,962
1420
572,352
5.753
349,191
3.510
379,634
ll
d
Memory: 36,992 lil
                                 Custom Crosstab Table
       Note that when your new table is displayed, it may show only one row variable and one
       column variable. Any additional row and column variables that you have selected may be
       hidden.  Click on the small yellow plus sign on the right side of the row variable to show
       the additional variables. The table is fully expanded when the last row or column does not
       show a small yellow plus sign on its right edge. It will be faster to re-display your table if
       you leave the row and column variables hidden when not viewing them. The values in
       black in the table represent the value as shown in the 'Value selected' box. For instance,
       if the box displays 'Risk-related,' the value in black in each cell is the risk-related  score.
       The value in red beneath it is the Total Percent, that is, the percent of the total value of the
       table for that summary that is contributed by that cell.  You can remove the Total Percent
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                              1988-2002 TRI data
8-2

-------
                                            Chapter 8: Analyzing Selected Releases
       display or add additional percentage displays by using the Options button. See below for
       details.
Loading a Table

       Every new table that you create and name is saved to your hard drive in the C:\Program
       Files\RSEI\User directory. To load any table you have previously created, simply click on
       the Load Table button, and select the desired table. Note that loading a table will only
       change the data in the Custom Table functions (New Table, Graph and Sorted Table
       functions). The last underlying set that you selected using the Select button will still be
       the active set for all the other functions.  To see the set that was used in the generation of
       the table that is presently loaded, click on the table name, and you will see a window with
       the selection statements used for that set.  Remember, if you want to see the selection
       being used for all of the other functions, you can click on the text displaying the number
       of selected facilities, releases, and elements in the upper right corner of your screen to see
       the selection statements for that set.

       Once you have loaded the table, you can modify it as you would any new table you create.
Modifying the Table View

       To switch the rows and columns,
           ....,,                    To switch a row variable with a column
       simply click and drag one row or           . ..  ,    .         .  .. .     .  .    ,.
         ,     u  ,.        uuj-    f     variable (or vice versa) click and drag the
       column heading over the heading of     u   _r     t        • ui    _i_i    •*
       iU          i     u  j-               heading of one variable and drop it on
       the row or column heading you         ,     , ,f   ,.    .    ..    -.-         —
           .....  ^    .  .  ..  ./TTu       top of the other heading. To move one
       would like to switch with it. Hold       variab   djck Q^     {^ ^
       down the mouse button until a double  I      jt next {Q ^^ he
       arrow sign appears over the heading .   y	
       Then release the mouse button and
       drop the heading. To move columns or rows, click on the heading of the row or column
       you want to move, and drag it next to the row or column heading where you would like to
       add it, until you see two arrows pointing at each other. Then release the mouse button.
       Note that you can only move variables that are open and showing. However, it will
       increase the speed of moving rows and columns if you collapse any variables that are not
       being moved.
Version 2.1.2                                                             1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 8-3

-------
                                             Chapter 8: Analyzing Selected Releases
^IJiiilitiOnnil BB ^^^^^^^^^^^^^BIBill! i'1!!11
Select | Export | Print | Help | Data
J Close J

Jffjxl
1,566 facilities selected
38,61 0 releases selected
66,920 elements selected
Start Selected Facilities Browser Summary ; Thematic Maps I CustomTables
I 9 by 7
Non-Empty Cells: 4
Non-Zero Cells: 48
pTati[e~' Graph
i Value H
Pel •
BlHi
1 1995
1996
1 1997
1998
1999
| 2000
2001
| 2002
; Sum: 	
New Table I Load Table] Filter
Value
Sorted Table
^^^^IB
CT
S^_ 794,290
^S^7.984
OHJJ
9.3H?
877,618
8.821
1,973,214
1983
580,505
5.835
557,147
5.600
272,375
2.738
214,326
2.154
6.201.615
62.34
Selected
^* 	 1

Options |

Risk-related Resu
3ro|ffmreT

MA
335,073
3368
235,486
*«^_ 2.367
^•XpGl
2.339
202,087
2.031
184,153
1.851
350,082
3.519
475,007
4.775
347,270
3.491
2.361.890
23.74

Idle
ME
98,522
0.9903
72,942
0.7332
ick and c
0.6309
61,165
0.6148
47,060
0.4730
56,106
0.5640
40,208
0.4042
27,768
0.2791
466.542
4.690
1 995-2002 EPA Region 1 State by Media by Year
* d
CTSWltCtl 	 rOySsTdfCOlUmnS '
p here to move row and make into a neW column
NH
42,259
0.4248
132,688
1.334
rag thtis1
0 1.991
146,763
1 475
41,614
0.4183
48,995
0.4925
37,001
0.3719
42,621
0.4284
689.988
6936
Rl
41,345
0.4156
36,645
0.3683
header^
0.2302
22,263
0.2238
18,517
0.1861
18,404
0.1 650
24,843
0.2497
35,596
0.3578
220.519
2.217
VT
3,109
0.0312
3,088
0.0310
322.0
0.0032
342.1
0.0034
274.5
0.0028
223.1
0.0022
251.2
0.0025
471.7
0.0047
8,082
0.0812
Sarillseeess

1,314,597
13,21
1,412,962
14,20
1,394,392
14.02
2,405,864
24.18
872,124
8.766
1,030,957
10.36
849,686
8541
668,054
6.715
9,948,636
100.0


| ! Memory: 36,992 kb
       To collapse rows or columns, click on the yellow circle with a minus sign immediately to
       the left of the row you want to collapse, or immediately above the column you want to
       collapse. Clicking on a minus sign collapses every row or column after it (i.e., closer to
       the middle of the table). If, for instance, you have three row variables, and you click on
       the leftmost minus sign (to the left of the first variable name), you will collapse all of the
       rows, and table will show only the totals for each column variable. If you click on the
       minus sign to the right of the first row variable name, you will collapse the second and
       third row variables.

       When a row or column is hidden, the minus sign will change to a plus sign; click on the
       plus sign to restore the row or column. If a following row or column was collapsed when
       the preceding row or column was collapsed, the following column will remain that way
       when the preceding one is restored. Click on the following row or column's plus sign to
       restore that one as well.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                              1988-2002 TRI data
8-4

-------
                                             Chapter 8: Analyzing Selected Releases
^^^^^^^^^^^3
Select | E
Start Selected
^.
Non-Empty Cells: 4
Non-Zero Cells: 18
| Table j Graph
Value H
Pet •
Q^K
^^J995^^
1OT^
1397
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
««»:-S«ir^"'i
".:.,;;
1,314,597
1321
1,412,962
14.20
1,394,392
14.02
2,405,864
24.18
872,124
8.766
1,030,957
10.36
849,686
8.541
668,054
6.715
9,948,636
100.0


Idle | | Memory: 36,992 kb
       Any column can be resized by using the mouse to move to the right-hand border of the
       heading of the column you wish to size, until the arrow becomes a double line with two
       arrows.  You can then move the mouse to the right to make the column wider or move the
       mouse to the left to make the column narrower. The row heights can be resized in a
       similar way. The row widths cannot be resized.
       Using the Filter
       In addition to collapsing rows and columns, you can also control how your data are
       displayed by using the Filter option.  The Filter option allows you to select specific
       values for the variables in your table. Once filtered, only the selected values will be
       displayed, allowing you to focus on specific entries. For instance, if you create a table
       with state and media text as variables, you can set the filter to show only states in EPA
       Region 1.
       Click  on the Filter button at the top of the 'Tables' screen. This brings up the Set Filter
       dialog. In the first window,  select the variable you would like to filter by clicking on its
       name. This will bring up a list of values in your table from which you can select filter
Version 2.1.2                                                               1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  8-5

-------
                                               Chapter 8: Analyzing Selected Releases
       parameters. Click on the box next to any of the values that you would like to see
       displayed in the table, then click Apply Filters. The Crosstab table will be shown, using
       only the values you selected for the variables you modified.  To remove the filter, click
       Filter again, then click Clear this filter, then Apply Filters. Filters for multiple
       variables can be selected, at the same time, or in succession.  Simply click on each
       variable in the Set Filter dialog, and then select the values you are interested in. You can
       clear one filter by highlighting the variable in the top window, then clicking Clear this
       filter.  Clear all filters by simply clicking Clear all filters.

       The filters in effect at any time are shown at the bottom of the Set Filter dialog.
       Value selected
       In this window you can select how you want to express the data in your table. You can
       choose from pounds-based, hazard-based, or full risk-related results.  Each option gives a
       different perspective on the reported releases and transfers.  Descriptions of these
       selections are:

       •      Count of Elements. This number reflects the total number of individual Indicator
              Elements.
       •      Count of Releases. This number reflects the total number of individual releases.
              The number of releases for some media is slightly less than the number of
              elements, because some releases (such  as those to surface water) end up
              partitioned between two or more pathways (fish ingestion and drinking water in
              the case of surface water).
       •      Count of Facilities.  This is the total number of facilities.
       •      TRI Pounds. This number reflects the number of pounds released or transferred
              that are reported to the Toxics Release  Inventory for the exposure pathway being
              considered.21
       •      TRI Pounds with Toxicity Weights. This value shows only TRI pounds for the
              chemicals that have toxicity weights. This value differs from Modeled Pounds
              because it includes those chemicals which have toxicity weights regardless of
              whether they have physicochemical properties.
       •      Hazard. This value is TRI pounds multiplied by the toxicity weight of the
              chemical appropriate for the exposure pathway selected.  The inhalation toxicity
              weight is used for releases or transfers to media 1 (fugitive air), media 2 (stack
              air), media 750 (off-site incineration), and media 754 (off-site incineration- no fuel
       21 When 'Element.Category Code' or 'Element.Category Text' is used as column or row variable in a
custom table, the TRI Pounds shown for the direct water, POTW effluent, and fish ingestion categories are modeled
apportionments of the total pounds for a direct water release. While these apportionments will sum to the correct
total for a water release, the ratio of score categories is only for modeling purposes.
Version 2.1.2                                                                  1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                   8-6

-------
                                             Chapter 8: Analyzing Selected Releases
              value). The oral toxicity weight is used for releases and transfers to media 3
              (direct water) and 6 (transfers to POTWs) (see Table 9-2 for a list of modeled
              media). For releases that are not modeled (because the pathway is not modeled or
              because other necessary data, such as physicochemical properties,  are lacking), the
              higher toxicity weight is used.
              Modeled Pounds. This number reflects the number of pounds released or
              transferred (TRI Pounds) that can be modeled. Reasons that releases may not be
              able to be modeled include lack of physicochemical information required for
              exposure modeling or lack of toxicity weights.
       •       Modeled Hazard.  This value is modeled pounds multiplied by the toxicity
              weight of the chemical appropriate for the exposure pathway selected. It does not
              measure how the chemical moves through the environment and comes in contact
              with an individual.  The inhalation toxicity weight is used for releases or transfers
              to media 1  (fugitive air), media 2 (stack air), media 750 (off-site incineration), and
              media 754 (off-site incineration- no fuel value). The oral toxicity weight is used
              for releases and transfers to media 3 (direct water) and 6 (transfers to POTWs) (see
              Table 9-2 for a list of modeled media).
       •       Modeled Hazard*Pop. This value is the number of modeled pounds multiplied
              by the toxicity weight of the chemical appropriate for the exposure pathway
              selected and by the population potentially exposed.  The inhalation toxicity weight
              is used for releases or transfers to media 1 (fugitive air), media 2 (stack air), media
              750 (off-site incineration), and media 754 (off-site  incineration- no fuel value).
              The oral toxicity weight is used for releases and transfers to media 3 (direct water)
              and 6 (transfers to POTWs) (see Table 9-2 for a list of modeled media).  Also note
              that Modeled Hazard*Pop uses total population only, and is not available for
              subpopulations.
       •       Risk-related Results - Children Under 10.  This value is the product of the
              surrogate dose (estimated using exposure models),  the chemical's toxicity weight,
              and the population under 10 years of age.  The pounds used in this result differ
              from the pounds used for Modeled Hazard*Pop (and may be a smaller value)
              because the fate and transport of the chemical pounds have been modeled and
              exposure assumptions have been made.
       •       Risk-related Results - Children 10 to 17. This value is the product of the
              surrogate dose (estimated using exposure models),  the chemical's toxicity weight,
              and the population from 10 to 17 (inclusive) years of age. The pounds used in this
              result differ from the pounds used for Modeled Hazard*Pop (and may be a
              smaller value) because the fate and transport of the chemical pounds have been
              modeled and exposure assumptions have been made. Also note that Modeled
              Hazard*Pop uses total population only, and is not available for subpopulations.
       •       Risk-related Results - Males 18 to 44. This value is the product of the surrogate
              dose (estimated using exposure models), the chemical's toxicity weight, and the
              male population from 18 to 44 (inclusive) years of age. The pounds used in this
Version 2.1.2                                                                1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  8-7

-------
                                            Chapter 8: Analyzing Selected Releases
             result differ from the pounds used for Modeled Hazard*Pop (and may be a
             smaller value) because the fate and transport of the chemical pounds have been
             modeled and exposure assumptions have been made.  Also note that Modeled
             Hazard*Pop uses total population only, and is not available for subpopulations.
             Risk-related Results - Females 18 to 44. This value is the product of the
             surrogate dose (estimated using exposure models), the chemical's toxicity weight,
             and the female population from 18 to 44 (inclusive) years of age. The pounds used
             in this result differ from the pounds used for Modeled Hazard*Pop (and may be a
             smaller value) because the fate and transport of the chemical pounds have been
             modeled and exposure assumptions have been made.
             Risk-related Results -Adults 65 and Older. This value is the product of the
             surrogate dose (estimated using exposure models), the chemical's toxicity weight,
             and the population over 65 years of age. The pounds used in this result differ from
             the pounds used for Modeled Hazard*Pop (and may be a smaller value) because
             the fate and transport of the chemical pounds  have been modeled and exposure
             assumptions have been made.
             Risk-related Results. This value is the product of the surrogate dose (estimated
             using exposure models), the chemical's toxicity weight, and the population.  The
             pounds used in this result differ from the pounds used for Modeled Hazard*Pop
             (and may be a smaller value) because the fate and transport of the chemical pounds
             have been modeled and exposure assumptions have been made.
       Examples of useful comparisons among the above results include:

       1.     TRI Pounds vs. TRI Pounds (with toxicity)

             This comparison allows you to determine the proportion of total TRI Pounds
             released that are associated with chemicals that have toxicity weights. This
             proportion may be somewhat different than the overall proportion of TRI
             chemicals that have toxicity weights.  For  example, 50% of a given set of TRI
             chemicals may have toxicity weights. However, it is possible that 80% of the TRI
             Pounds released for the same set of chemicals may be associated with chemicals
             that have toxicity weights.

       2.     TRI Pounds vs. Modeled Pounds

             This comparison allows you to determine the proportion of chemical releases for
             which risk-related impacts can be estimated using the Risk-related option.
Version 2.1.2                                                              1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 8-8

-------
                                            Chapter 8: Analyzing Selected Releases
       3.     Hazard vs. Modeled Hazard

             This comparison shows you (a) the amount of toxi city-weighted releases
             associated with chemicals that have toxicity weights versus (b) the amount of
             toxicity-weighted releases for chemicals that have both toxicity weights and
             physicochemical data that are used to model exposure. An important difference
             between this comparison and the comparison in example (2) above is that this
             comparison addresses only those chemicals that have toxicity weights.

       4.      Modeled Hazard vs. Modeled Hazard * Pop

             This comparison allows you to determine the extent to which total population
             contributes to the result.  However, no exposure modeling is considered in this
             crude approximation.

       Within the model, you can only display one type  of summary in a custom table at a time.
       However, if you export the table to another format such as Microsoft Excel or Lotus 1-2-
       3, you can work with all of the data at once.  Simply click on the Export button at the top
       of the screen (see below for details on exporting).
       Options
       These selections allow you to modify how values are expressed in the table.
              •D    Normalization

       For any of the summaries selected except 'TRI Pounds,' you can choose to normalize the
       RSEI results.  Click Options, then 'Normalization,' then 'National.' The value shown in
       each cell is that cell's portion of the national value for that year, divided by the total value
       for 1988 and multiplied by 100,000.  In this way, each national summary (i.e., Risk-
       related, Modeled Hazard) for 1988 is 100,000, and any other selection is displayed as a
       percentage of that.
Version 2.1.2                                                              1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 8-9

-------
                                              Chapter 8: Analyzing Selected Releases
              •      Cell Display

       This option will display additional values in your table (underneath each current cell
       value) that shows how that cell's value contributes to different portions of the aggregate
       table value.  The default display includes the first three options listed below, Total
       Percent, Column Percent, and Row Percent. To turn them off, simply click on each one to
       remove the check mark. Clicking on them again will turn them back on.  The box in the
       upper left corner of the table shows the color of each cell display option.

              Total Percent. The percent contribution of the current cell to the total table sum.
              For instance, if the 'Risk-related' summary is selected, a cell's total percent value
              (shown in red) would be that cell's risk-related score divided by the sum of all
              cells. The sum of all the cells in the table is shown in the bottom right corner in
              black.
       •      Row Percent. The percent contribution of the current cell to the total row sum. If
              the 'Risk-related' summary is selected, a cell's row percent value (shown in green)
              would be that cell's risk-related score divided by the sum of all cells in that row, as
              shown in far right cell  in that row in black.
       •      Column Percent. The percent contribution of the current cell to the total column
              sum.  If the 'Risk-related' summary is selected, a cell's total percent value (shown
              in blue) would be that  cells risk-related score divided by the sum of all cells in the
              column, as shown in the bottom cell in the column in black.
       •      Percentile.  The percentile that the cell's value falls into, when all of the cell
              values in the table are taken into account.
       •      Rank. The cell's rank, from highest (1) to lowest, of all of the cell values in the
              table.
Version 2.1.2                                                                 1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  8-10

-------
                                                    Chapter 8: Analyzing Selected Releases
Graph
        The Graph function allows you to quickly create a pre-formatted graph based on the
        current Custom Table. The Graph works from your current display, not from the
        underlying table, so if columns or rows are collapsed, they will not be included. Also, if
        you have used the filter to select certain values of your variables, the excluded variables
        will not be shown on the graph.  Whatever summary statistic (TRI pounds, Risk-related,
        etc.) is showing will be used. You can go back and forth between the two screens.
        Anything you change in the Custom Table will automatically be updated and displayed in
        the Graph
         Select

       Start   | Selected Facilities Browser  Summary  Thematic Maps | CustomTables

                       New Table I LoadTable I
                                            1,566 facilities selected
                                           38,610 releases selected
                                           66,920 elements selected
        9 by 7
        Non-Empty Cells: 48
        Non-Zero Cells: 18
Filter    Options  |
1935-2002 EPA Region 1 State by Media by Year
                       Value Selected
                                   Risk-related Results
       Table  Graph  Sorted Table

         f Edit Title"]]  Edit Footnote |  Set Title/Footnote size IB  ^
                                                                                            D 2000
                                                                                            12001
                                 Source: EPA Risk-Screening Environmental Indicator: Model Version 2.1.2
                                  File Name: 1995-2002 EPA Region 1 State by Media by Year  File Date:
                                         Model Selcrlinn l.'Fl.-rcl.ntecl Resufts
                                                                                          Memory: 36,992 kh
                                            Custom Graph
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                           1988-2002 TRI data
        8-11

-------
                                             Chapter 8: Analyzing Selected Releases
       If your table is very large or contains many variables, the model will attempt to graph it,
       but the graph may not legible. If this is the case, simply collapse rows and/or columns, or
       use the Filter option to reduce the number of values that need to be displayed on the
       graph.

       If you choose to print your graph (using the Print button at the top of the screen), you can
       add a title for it by clicking on the  Edit Title button above the graph, and typing in the
       desired text.

       The footnote that will be printed on your Graph is  shown in blue below the graph. The
       default footnote shows the RSEI model version number, the file name of your table, and
       the model selection (summary) that is being graphed.  You can change this footnote by
       clicking the Edit Footnote button  above the graph, and typing in the desired text.

       You can also change the font size for both the title and the footnote in the box above the
       graph.
Sorted Table

       The Sorted Table option allows you to display your table in the form of a sorted list.
       Like the Graph function, the Sorted Table works from whatever you have displayed on
       the Custom Table at the time. Each table cell showing is given one entry in the list,
       which is sorted in descending order. The value for that statistic (i.e., if it is TRI Pounds it
       would be the total number of pounds in that cell) is shown in the 'Value' column, and then
       that cell's percent of the total is shown in the 'Percent' column. The cumulative values
       and percents are presented in the next two columns.

       The Sorted Table is very useful when looking at large complicated tables.  It shows very
       quickly what cells are of most concern, and for how much of the total the top few entries
       are responsible. If you have a table with several row variables, for instance, you can
       quickly zoom in on the area of most concern by collapsing the table to one row and one
       column, and then clicking Sorted Table to find which value of the first row or column
       variable is of most concern.  Then you can expand the table and look at a more detailed
       breakdown for that value.
Version 2.1.2                                                              1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 8-12

-------
                                           Chapter 8: Analyzing Selected Releases
•:tJJIW"!MT^^^^^^^^«i»m::a; ;y:; - ; .-. T,:,^ - ,|g| x
Select j Export j Print j Help j Data j
Start Selected Facilities Browser Summary Thematic Maps
9 by 7 New Table Load Table Filter
Non-Emptv Cells' 18 	 	 	
Non-Zero Cells: 18 Value Selected | Risk-related Results
1.566 facilities selected
Close 38.610 releases selected
	 66,920 elements selected
CustomTabies
Options 1 995-2002 EPA Region 1 State by Media by Year
i ;
Table Graph [sorted Table !
Rank State Year Value Percent Cumulative Value Cumulative Percent ^
•KpT 1998 1.973.211.139 19.831 1,973.244.139
1 2 CT 1996 932,110.84 9,369 2,905,351.979
3 CT 1997 877.617568 8821 3.782.972.547
4 CT 1995 794,289,763 7,981 1,577,262,31
5 CT 1999 580,505,267 5,835 5,157,767.577
6 CT 2000 557,117036 5.6 5,711,911.613
7 MA 2001 175,007,137 1,775 6,189,922,05
8 MA 2000 350,081,771 3,519 6.540.003.821
9 MA 2002 347.270031 3191 6,887,273.852
10 MA 1995 335,072,655 3,368 7,222,346.50?
11 CT 2001 272,374.636 2.738 7,494,721.143
12 MA 1996 235.486,491 2,367 7,730,207.634
13 MA 1997 232,732,041 2,339 7,962.939.678
14 CT 2002 214,326.003 2.154 8.177.265.681
15 MA 1998 202,086,592 2,031 8,379,352.273
16 NH 1997 198,045,715 1,991 8.577,397.988
17 MA 1999 184,153.39 1.851 8.761,551.379
18NH 1998 146,762,771 1,475 8,908,314.149
19NH 1996 132,688171 1334 9,041,002.32
20 ME 1995 98,522.42 0.99 9,139,524.741
21 ME 1996 72,942.315 0.733 9.212.467.085
22 ME 1997 62.769802 0631 9,275,236.887
Idle
19.834
29.204
38.025
46.009
51.844
57.444
62.219 J
65,738
69.228
72.596
75.334
77.701
80.041
82.195
84.226
86,217
88.068
89.543
90.877
91.867
92,6
93.231 .
Memory: 36,992 ht
                                 Custom Sorted Table
Exporting Tables

       Any table can be exported to a variety of formats, including Dbase, Lotus 1-2-3, Microsoft
       Excel, and text. Exporting can be very useful for a variety of reasons. One of the most
       common uses is to be able to compare the different model summaries, as listed above
       under Value selected. The advantage in using exported tables is that all of the summaries
       are visible at the same time, so you can compare them, and make new calculations with
       them.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                              1988-2002 TRI data
8-13

-------
                                             Chapter 8: Analyzing Selected Releases
       To export a table, click on the Export button.  Select the file type. Depending on what
       type you select, some options will be grayed out and some will be active.  Select the
       options you would like of the ones that are active.  Name the file in the 'Export to file'
       box, and click the file icon next to the name box to select a directory for your saved file.
IH Microsoft Excel
i] File
D &
MS San
A
Ulst<
3 CT
4 CT
5 CT
6 CT
7 CT
8 CT
9 CT
10 CT
11 CT
12 CT
13 CT
14 CT
15 CT
16 CT
17 CT
18 CT
19 CT
20 CT
21 CT
22 CT
23 CT
24 CT
25 CT
26 CT
27 CT
28 CT
29 CT
30 CT
31 CT
32 CT
M 4 >
Ready

Edit View Insert Format Tools Data Window Help Adobe PDF
B , » a V X Ha m  I P
INUM
                             Custom Table Exported to Excel
       The C:\Program Files\RSEI\User directory is a convenient place provided to store model
       output files.  Click OK, and the file will be saved in the C:\Program Files\RSEI\User
       directory.  Note that file names cannot include any of the following characters: forward
       slash (/), backslash (\), greater-than sign (>), less-than sign (<), asterisk (*), question mark
       (?), quotation mark ("), pipe symbol (|), colon (:), or semicolon (;).  If you attempt to enter
       any of these characters, the model will not accept it.  The screen above shows a crosstab
       table exported to Excel. Note that all of the summaries are listed (not just the summary
       shown on the screen when the table was exported). Unlike other custom table functions,
       the table export does not change with what is shown on the screen at the time.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                               1988-2002 TRI data
8-14

-------
                                             Chapter 8: Analyzing Selected Releases
Printing Tables

       Any table can also be printed.  Simply click Print on the top menu, and the currently
       displaying table will print to your installed default printer. Note that large complicated
       tables may not print well directly from the program. If this is the case, it may be easier to
       first export the table to a database or spreadsheet program where more formatting is
       possible, and then print it from that program.
Version 2.1.2                                                               1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 8-15

-------
CHAPTER 9
Additional Information
       Table 9-1 presents the 2-digit and 3-digit SIC codes and corresponding industries that are
       required to report their releases to the Toxics Release Inventory. All facilities within 2-
       digit SIC codes 20-39 are required to report, whereas only selected facilities within SIC
       codes 10, 12, 49, 51, and 73 are required to report.

       	Table 9-1.  SIC Codes for TRI Facilities	
          SIC Code                                  Industry
        10*            Metal Mining
           102          Copper Ores
           103          Lead and Zinc Ores
           104          Gold and Silver Ores
           106          Feroalloy Ores, except Vanadium
           108          Metal Mining Services
           109          Miscellaneous Metal Ores (limited to 4-digit code #1099)
        12*            Coal Mining
           122          Bituminous Coal and Lignite Mining
           123          Anthracite Mining
        20             Food and Kindred Products
           201          Meat Products
           202          Dairy Products
           203          Canned, Frozen, and Preserved Fruits, Vegetables, and Food Specialties
           204          Grain Mill Products
           205          Bakery Products
           206          Sugar and Confectionery Products
           207          Fats and Oils
           208          Beverages
           209          Miscellaneous Food Preparations and Kindred Products
Version 2.1.2                                                                 1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                   9-1

-------
                                                         Chapter 9: Additional Information
                           Table 9-1.  SIC Codes for TRI  Facilities
           SIC Code                                    Industry
         21              Tobacco Products

            211           Cigarettes

            212           Cigars

            213           Chewing and Smoking Tobacco and Snuff

            214           Tobacco Stemming and Redrying

         22              Textile Mill Products

            221           Broadwoven Fabric Mills, Cotton

            222           Broadwoven Fabric Mills, Manmade Fiber and Silk

            223           Broadwoven Fabric Mills, Wool (Including Dyeing and Finishing)

            224           Narrow Fabric and Other Smallwares Mills: Cotton, Wool, Silk, and Manmade Fiber

            225           Knitting Mills

            226           Dyeing and Finishing Textiles, Except Wool Fabrics and Knit Goods

            227           Carpets and Rugs

            228           Yarn and Thread Mills

            229           Miscellaneous Textile Goods

         23              Apparel and Other Finished Products Made from Fabrics and Similar
                         Materials

            231           Men's and Boys' Suits, Coats, and Overcoats

            232           Men's and Boys' Furnishings, Work Clothing, and Allied Garments

            233           Women's, Misses', and Juniors' Outerwear

            234           Women's, Misses', Children's, and Infants' Undergarments

            235           Hats, Caps, and Millinery

            236           Girls', Children's, and Infants' Outerwear

            237           Fur Goods

            238           Miscellaneous Apparel and Accessories

            239           Miscellaneous Fabricated Textile Products


Version 2.1.2                                                                      1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                     9-2

-------
                                                         Chapter 9: Additional Information
                           Table  9-1.  SIC Codes for TRI  Facilities
           SIC Code                                     Industry
         24              Lumber and Wood Products, Except Furniture

            241           Logging

            242           Sawmills and Planing Mills

            243           Millwork, Veneer, Plywood, and Structural Wood Members

            244           Wood Containers

            245           Wood Buildings and Mobile Homes

            249           Miscellaneous Wood Products

         25              Furniture and Fixtures

            251           Household Furniture

            252           Office Furniture

            253           Public Building and Related Furniture

            254           Partitions, Shelving, Lockers, and Office and Store Fixtures

            259           Miscellaneous Furniture and Fixtures

         26              Paper and Allied Products

            261           Pulp Mills

            262           Paper Mills

            263           Paperboard Mills

            265           Paperboard Containers and Boxes

            267           Converted Paper and Paperboard Products, Except Containers and Boxes

         27              Printing, Publishing, and Allied Industries

            271           Newspapers: Publishing, or Publishing and Printing

            272           Periodicals: Publishing, or Publishing and Printing

            273           Books

            274           Miscellaneous Publishing

            275           Commercial Printing

            276           Manifold Business Forms

Version 2.1.2                                                                       1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                      9-3

-------
                                                          Chapter 9: Additional Information
                            Table 9-1.  SIC Codes for TRI Facilities
           SIC Code                                      Industry
            277          Greeting Cards

            278          Blankbooks, Looseleaf Binders, and Bookbinding and Related Work

            279          Service Industries for the Printing Trade

         28              Chemicals and Allied Products

            281          Industrial Inorganic Chemicals

            282          Plastics Materials and Synthetic Resins, Synthetic Rubber, Cellulosic and Other
                         Manmade Fibers, Except Glass

            283          Drugs

            284          Soap, Detergents, and Cleaning Preparations; Perfumes, Cosmetics, and Other Toilet
                         Preparations

            285          Paints, Varnishes, Lacquers, Enamels, and Allied Products

            286          Industrial Organic Chemicals

            287          Agricultural Chemicals

            289          Miscellaneous Chemical Products

         29              Petroleum Refining and Related Industries

            291          Petroleum Refining

            295          Asphalt Paving and Roofing Materials

            299          Miscellaneous Products of Petroleum and Coal

         30              Rubber and Miscellaneous Plastics Products

            301          Tires and Inner Tubes

            302          Rubber and Plastics Footwear

            305          Gaskets, Packing, and Sealing Devices and Rubber and Plastics Hose and Belting

            306          Fabricated Rubber Products, Not Elsewhere Classified

            308          Miscellaneous Plastics Products
Version 2.1.2                                                                        1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                       9-4

-------
                                                         Chapter 9: Additional Information
                           Table 9-1.  SIC Codes for TRI  Facilities
           SIC Code                                     Industry
         31              Leather and Leather Products

            311           Leather Tanning and Finishing

            313           Boot and Shoe Cut Stock and Findings

            314           Footwear, Except Rubber

            315           Leather Gloves and Mittens

            316           Luggage

            317           Handbags and Other Personal Leather Goods

            319           Leather Goods, Not Elsewhere Classified

         32              Stone, Clay, Glass, and Concrete Products

            321           Flat Glass

            322           Glass and Glassware, Pressed or Blown

            323           Glass Products, Made of Purchased Glass

            324           Cement, Hydraulic

            325           Structural Clay Products

            326           Pottery and Related Products

            327           Concrete, Gypsum, and Plaster Products

            328           Cut Stone and Stone Products

            329           Abrasive, Asbestos, and Miscellaneous Nonmetallic Mineral Products

         33              Primary Metal Industries

            331           Steel Works, Blast Furnaces, and Rolling and Finishing Mills

            332           Iron and Steel Foundries

            333           Primary Smelting and Refining of Nonferrous Metals

            334           Secondary Smelting and Refining of Nonferrous Metals

            336           Nonferrous Foundries (Castings)

            339           Miscellaneous Primary Metal Products

         34              Fabricated Metal Products, Except Machinery and Transportation Equipment

Version 2.1.2                                                                       1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                      9-5

-------
                                                         Chapter 9: Additional Information
                           Table 9-1.  SIC Codes for TRI  Facilities
           SIC Code                                     Industry
            341           Metal Cans and Shipping Containers

            342           Cutlery, Handtools, and General Hardware

            343           Heating Equipment, Except Electric and Warm Air; and Plumbing Fixtures

            344           Fabricated Structural Metal Products

            345           Screw Machine Products, and Bolts, Nuts, Screws, Rivets, and Washers

            346           Metal Forgings and Stampings

            347           Coating, Engraving, and Allied Services

            348           Ordnance and Accessories, Except Vehicles and Guided Missiles

            349           Miscellaneous Fabricated Metal Products

         35              Industrial and Commercial Machinery and Computer Equipment

            351           Engines and Turbines

            352           Farm and Garden Machinery and Equipment

            353           Construction, Mining, and Materials Handling Machinery and Equipment

            354           Metalworking Machinery and Equipment

            355           Special Industry Machinery, Except Metalworking Machinery

            356           General Industrial Machinery and Equipment

            357           Computer and Office Equipment

            358           Refrigeration and Service Industry Machinery

            359           Miscellaneous Industrial and Commercial Machinery and Equipment

         36              Electronic and Other Electrical Equipment and Components, Except Computer
                         Equipment

            361           Electric Transmission and Distribution Equipment

            362           Electrical Industrial Apparatus

            363           Household Appliances

            364           Electric Lighting and Wiring Equipment

            365           Household Audio and Video Equipment, and Audio Recordings


Version 2.1.2                                                                       1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                      9-6

-------
                                                         Chapter 9: Additional Information
                           Table 9-1.  SIC Codes for TRI Facilities
           SIC Code                                     Industry
            366          Communications Equipment

            367          Electronic Components and Accessories

            369          Miscellaneous Electrical Machinery, Equipment, and Supplies

         37              Transportation Equipment

            371          Motor Vehicles and Motor Vehicle Equipment

            372          Aircraft and Parts

            373          Ship and Boat Building and Repairing

            374          Railroad Equipment

            375          Motorcycles, Bicycles, and Parts

            376          Guided Missiles and Space Vehicles and Parts

            379          Miscellaneous Transportation Equipment

         38              Measuring, Analyzing, and Controlling Instruments; Photographic, Medical
                         and Optical Goods; Watches and Clocks

            381          Search, Detection, Navigation, Guidance, Aeronautical, and Nautical Systems,
                         Instruments, and Equipment

            382          Laboratory Apparatus and Analytical, Optical, Measuring, and Controlling
                         Instruments

            384          Surgical, Medical, and Dental Instruments and Supplies

            385          Ophthalmic Goods

            386          Photographic Equipment and Supplies

            387          Watches, Clocks, Clockwork Operated Devices, and Parts

         39              Miscellaneous Manufacturing Industries

            391          Jewelry, Silverware, and Plated Ware

            393          Musical Instruments

            394          Dolls, Toys, Games and Sporting and Athletic Goods

            395          Pens, Pencils, and Other Artists' Materials

            396          Costume Jewelry, Costume Novelties, Buttons, and Miscellaneous Notions, Except
                         Precious Metal

Version 2.1.2                                                                       1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                      9-7

-------
                                                            Chapter 9: Additional Information
                             Table 9-1.  SIC Codes for TRI  Facilities
            SIC Code                                      Industry
            399           Miscellaneous Manufacturing Industries

         49*              Electric, Gas, and Sanitary Services

            491           Electric services (limited to:  facilities that combust coal and/or oil to generate
                          electricity for distribution in commerce)

            493           Combination Electric and Gas, and Other Utility Services (limited to: 4-digit codes
                          4931 and 4939, and facilities that combust coal and/or oil to generate electricity for
                          distribution in commerce)

            495           Sanitary Services (limited to 4-digit code 4953, and to commercial hazardous waste
                          treatment - facilities regulated under RCRA Subtitle C, 42 U.S.C. Section 6921 et
                          seq.)

         51*              Wholesale Trade-Nondurable Goods

            516           Chemicals and Allied Products (limited to 4-digit code 5169 - products that are not
                          elsewhere classified)

            517           Petroleum and Petroleum Products (limited to 4-digit code 5171 - petroleum bulk
                          stations and terminals)

         73*              Business Services

            738	Limited to 4-digit code 7389 - Business Services not elsewhere classified.	
        * All listed codes in these categories are new as of the 1998 reporting year, except for as noted in the table.
Version 2.1.2                                                                          1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                       9-8

-------
                                                 Chapter 9: Additional Information
EPA Regions
       Region 1    Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, and
                   Vermont.
       Region 2    New Jersey, New York and the territories of Puerto Rico and the U.S.
                   Virgin Islands.
       Region 3    Delaware, Maryland, Pennsylvania, Virginia, West Virginia, and the
                   District of Columbia.
       Region 4    Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Mississippi, North Carolina, South
                   Carolina, and Tennessee.
       Region 5    Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Minnesota, Ohio, and Wisconsin .
       Region 6    Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas.
       Region 7    Iowa, Kansas, Missouri, and Nebraska.
       Region 8    Colorado, Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota, Utah, and Wyoming
       Region 9    Arizona, California, Hawaii, Nevada, and the territories of Guam, Northern
                   Mariana Islands, and American Samoa.
       Region 10  Alaska, Idaho, Oregon, and Washington.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                             1988-2002 TRI data
9-9

-------
                                                      Chapter 9: Additional Information
Additional  Facility Information

       The following tables present descriptions of codes used in the model.  Table 9-2 presents
       the environmental media release codes and descriptions of the associated releases.  It also
       lists which codes can be grouped together to represent categories of reporting as identified
       in the 2002 Public Data Release. (Note that occasionally facilities report releases to
       media codes that are not listed in the current TRI Form R or in any previous forms.  These
       releases cannot be modeled, but are reported in pounds-based results.)  Table 9-3 presents
       the score  category codes which describe details related to the media releases, and whether
       the release can be modeled using environmental fate and transport models. Table 9-4
       presents the maximum on-site and chemical use codes.
                                Table 9-2.  Media Information
         Release
          Code
Description of Release
  2002 Public Data Release
Category in Which Release is
          Located
         1 *        Fugitive Air

         2*        Stack Air

         3*        Direct Water


         6***     POTW Transfer


         400       Underground Injection (All Well Classes); this
                  code is used for data reported from 1988 to
                  1995

         401       Underground Injection (Class 1); this code is
                  used for data reported in 1996 and later years

         402       Underground Injection (Class 2); this code is
                  used for data reported in 1996 and later years

         510       Onsite Landfill; this code is used for data
                  reported from 1988 to 1995

         520       Land Treatment/Application/ Farming

         530       Surface Impoundment

         540       Other Land Disposal
                                Fugitive or Nonpoint Air Emissions

                                Stack or Point Air Emissions

                                Discharges to Receiving Streams or
                                Water Bodies

                                Discharges to Publicly-Owned
                                Treatment Works (POTWs)

                                Not Applicable
                                Underground Injection on-site to Class I
                                Wells

                                Underground Injection on-site to Class
                                II-V Wells

                                Not Applicable
                                Disposal to Land On-site

                                Disposal to Land On-site

                                Disposal to Land On-site
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                  9-10
                                                  1988-2002 TRI data

-------
                                                           Chapter 9: Additional Information
                                   Table 9-2.  Media Information
         Release
           Code
          Description of Release
     2002 Public Data Release
   Category in Which Release is
              Located
         560        Other Landfills; this code is used for data
                    reported in 1996 and later years

         590        RCRA Subtitle C Landfills; this code is used for
                    data reported in 1996 and later years

         710        Offsite Storage Only

         720        Offsite Recycling (Solvents/Organics Recovery)

         724        Offsite Recycling (Metals Recovery)

         726        Offsite Recycling (Other Reuse or Recovery)
                                             Disposal to Land On-site


                                             Disposal to Land On-site


                                             Transfers to Disposal

                                             Transfers to Recycling

                                             Transfers to Recycling

                                             Transfers to Recycling
         728

         740

         741


         750*

         754*

         756

         761


         762


         763

         764


         765

         769

         771

         772***
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
Offsite Recycling (Acid Regeneration)

Offsite Treatment (Solidification/Stabilization)

Solidification/Stabilization- metals and metal
compounds only

Offsite Incineration/Thermal Treatment

Offsite Incineration (No fuel value)

Offsite Energy Recovery

Offsite Wastewater Treatment (Excluding
POTW)

Wastewater Treatment (Excluding POTW) -
metals and metal compounds only

Surface Impoundment

Other
Landfills

RCRA Subtitle C Landfills

Offsite Other Waste Treatment

Offsite Underground Injection

Offsite Landfill/Surface Impoundment


                             9-11
Transfers to Recycling

Transfers to Treatment

Transfers to Disposal


Transfers to Treatment

Transfers to Treatment

Transfers to Energy Recovery

Transfers to Treatment


Transfers to Disposal


Transfers to Disposal

Transfers to Disposal


Transfers to Disposal

Transfers to Treatment

Transfers to Disposal

Transfers to Disposal
                    1988-2002 TRI data

-------
                                                             Chapter 9: Additional Information
                                    Table 9-2.  Media Information
          Release
           Code
Description of Release
  2002 Public Data Release
Category in Which Release is
           Located
          773        Offsite Land Treatment

          779        Offsite Other Land Disposal

          790        Offsite Other Management

          791        Transfers to Waste Broker; this code is used for
                     data reported from 1988 to 1990

          792        Offsite Transfer to Broker (Energy Recovery)

          793        Offsite Transfer to Broker (Recycling)

          794        Offsite Transfer to Broker (Disposal)

          795        Offsite Transfer to Broker (Waste Treatment)

          799        Offsite (Unknown Treatment/Disposal)
                                    Transfers to Disposal

                                    Transfers to Disposal

                                    Transfers to Disposal

                                    Not Applicable


                                    Transfers to Energy Recovery

                                    Transfers to Recycling

                                    Transfers to Disposal

                                    Transfers to Treatment

                                    Transfers to Disposal
        * Indicates that full risk modeling is conducted for these release codes.
        ** Beginning with the 1991 reporting year, releases to POTWs are coded as 8 in Form R. To allow comparisons with earlier years,
        however, these releases are still coded as 6 in the RSEI Model.
        *** This code was discontinued in RY 2002 and replaced by codes 763, 764, and 765; however, it is still included in the model for
        historical reporting.
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                                                         1988-2002 TRI data
                    9-12

-------
Chapter 9: Additional Information

Table 9-3. Score Category Information
Score
Category
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
Description
Unknown Error
Direct Fugitive Air - Rural
Direct Fugitive Air - Urban
Direct Point Air - Rural
Direct Point Air - Urban
Direct Water
Onsite Landfill
POTW Effluent
POTW Volatilization - Rural
POTW Volatilization - Urban
POTW Sludge Landfill
POTW Sludge Volat - Rural
POTW Sludge Volatilization - Urban
Offsite Incineration - Rural
Offsite Incineration - Urban
Offsite Landfill
Offsite Volatilization - Rural
Offsite Volatilization - Urban
Offsite treatment other
Cannot place Lat/Long
Cannot locate facility stream
Cannot locate POTW stream
No/Unmodeled treatment code
Error in CAS Number

9-13
If Category is a release,
can it be modeled using
the environmental fate
and transport models?
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
1988-2002 TRI dat


-------
Chapter 9: Additional Information

Table 9-3. Score Category Information
Score
Category
24
25
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
37
38
55
57
105
107
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
Description
No Toxicity Data
No POTW Removal Data
Reach data is suspect
Unable to find WBAN
No Incinerator Efficiency Data
Internal error
Missing Physical-Chemical Data
Unmodeled - Underground Injection
Unmodeled - PRO
Unmodeled - RCRA C Landfill
POTW Biodegradation
Offsite Incineration Destroyed
Direct Water-Fish Ing. (Rec)
POTW Effluent-Fish Ing. (Rec)
Direct Water-Fish Ing. (Sub)
POTW Effluent-Fish Ing. (Sub)

9-14
If Category is a release,
can it be modeled using
the environmental fate
and transport models?
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1988-2002 TRI dat


-------
                                                        Chapter 9: Additional Information
                          Table 9-4.  On-site Chemical Information
                             Activities and Uses of a Chemical at a Facility
                                     Category
                                     Code
         Manufacture (produce or import for on-site use/processing, for sale/distribution,
         as a byproduct, or as an impurity)

         Process (as a reactant, as a formulation component, as an article component, or
         repackaging)

         Otherwise Use (as a chemical processing aid, as a manufacturing aid, or for
         ancillary or other use)

         Manufacture and Process

         Manufacture and Otherwise Use

         Process and Otherwise Use

         Manufacture, Process, and Otherwise Use
                                      M
                                      OU


                                      M/P

                                    M/OU

                                     P/OU

                                    M/P/OU
              Maximum Amount of a Chemical On-site at Any Time During the Calendar Year
                                      Range
                                     Code
         0 to 99 Ibs

         100 to 999 Ibs

         1,000 to 9,999 Ibs

         10,000 to 99,999 Ibs

         100,000 to 999,999 Ibs

         1,000,000 to 9,999,999 Ibs

         10,000,000 to 49,999,999 Ibs

         50,000,000 to 99,999,999 Ibs

         100,000,000 to 499,999,999 Ibs

         500,000,000 to 999,999,999 Ibs

         1,000,000,000 Ibs or more
                                      01

                                      02

                                      03

                                      04

                                      05

                                      06

                                      07

                                      08

                                      09

                                      10

                                      11
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
9-15
                                  1988-2002 TRI data

-------
                                                  Chapter 9: Additional Information

Table 9-5. State
Abbreviation
AK
AL
AR
AS
AZ
CA
CO
CT
DC
DE
FL
GA
GU
HI
IA
ID
IL
IN
KS
KY
LA
MA
MD
ME
MI
MN
MO
MS
MT
NC
Federal Information Processing Standard
(FIPS) Codes
FIPS
02
01
05
60
04
06
08
09
11
10
12
13
66
15
19
16
17
18
20
21
22
25
24
23
26
27
29
28
30
37
State Name
Alaska
Alabama
Arkansas
American Samoa
Arizona
California
Colorado
Connecticut
District of Columbia
Delaware
Florida
Georgia
Guam
Hawaii
Iowa
Idaho
Illinois
Indiana
Kansas
Kentucky
Louisiana
Massachusetts
Maryland
Maine
Michigan
Minnesota
Missouri
Mississippi
Montana
North Carolina
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
                              1988-2002 TRI data
9-16

-------
Chapter 9: Additional Information

Table 9-5. State
Abbreviation
ND
NE
NH
NJ
NM
NV
NY
OH
OK
OR
PA
PR
RI
SC
SD
TN
TX
UT
VA
VI
VT
WA
WI
WV
WY
Version 2.1.2
August 2004
Federal Information Processing Standard
(FIPS) Codes
FIPS
38
31
o o
JJ
34
35
32
36
39
40
41
42
72
44
45
46
47
48
49
51
78
50
53
55
54
56
9-17
State Name
North Dakota
Nebraska
New Hampshire
New Jersey
New Mexico
Nevada
New York
Ohio
Oklahoma
Oregon
Pennsylvania
Puerto Rico
Rhode Island
South Carolina
South Dakota
Tennessee
Texas
Utah
Virginia
Virgin Islands
Vermont
Washington
Wisconsin
West Virginia
Wyoming
1988-2 002 TRIdat

-------
                                                  Chapter 9: Additional Information
Glossary of Commonly Used Terms
core chemicals
       Those chemicals and chemical categories which have been on the TRI List since 1987 and for
       which there have been no changes in reporting requirements.

Chronic Human Health
       The RSEI model addresses both chronic effects and chronic exposures related to human health.
       Chronic effects are those that generally persist over a long period of time whether or not they
       occur immediately after exposure or are delayed. Chronic exposure refers to multiple exposures
       occurring over an extended period of time, or a significant fraction of an individual's lifetime.

Easy RSEI
       RSEI Version 2.1 and later contains a simplified user interface called 'Easy RSEI' that allows
       for quick retrieval of commonly-requested results. Users can begin with Easy RSEI, and then
       move onto the 'Advanced RSEF interface that allows for greater customization of results.

eRSEI
       A flexible web interface that provides users with online access to rankings and trends of RSEI
       results.

EPCRA
       The Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, which is the third part of
       the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, also known as SARA Title III.

exposure modeling
       RSEI's risk-related results include a calculated surrogate dose, which is estimated through
       exposure modeling.  Exposure modeling is a way to track a chemical's fate and transport
       through the environment, until it comes to a point of contact with an exposed person. Exposure
       modeling includes using  standard assumptions about human exposure to contaminants, such as
       the drinking water, fish ingestion, or air inhalation rate.

exposure pathway
       The exposure pathway is the physical course that a chemical  takes from its emission by the
       facility to the exposed individual and is related to the type of release. RSEI models fugitive and
       stack air releases and fish ingestion and drinking water intake from releases to surface water.

Version 2.1.2                                                             1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                               9-18

-------
                                                   Chapter 9: Additional Information
exposed population
       The exposed population is the population that is likely to come in contact with a chemical. The
       population differs depending on the exposure pathway modeled.  For instance, the population
       exposed to chemicals released to air is the population in a 101 km by 101 km grid surrounding
       the facility.

flag
       A True/False field in the RSEI databases used to designate chemicals or facilities included in
       various EPA programs or with certain other characteristics.

Form R
       EPA's Toxics Release Inventory (TRI) collects information on chemical releases and transfers
       from reporting facilities every year. The form these facilities fill out is called Form R.  Facilities
       may also fill out a certification statement, called Form A, which certifies that the facility's use of a
       specific toxic chemical does not meet the minimum threshold requirement, and so is not subject
       to Form R reporting.

full trend
       A set of RSEI results for TRI Reporting Years 1988-2002. In order for the results to be
       meaningful, the results only include core chemicals and original industries.

geocoding
       Geocoding is the process of assigning latitude and longitude to a point, based on street
       addresses, city, state and zip code.  RSEI uses geocoded data for both on-site and off-site
       facilities to better locate the facilities on the model grid. Geocoding services are provided by
       Thomas Computing Services (TCS), using Matchmaker software.

grid cell
       An approximately 1 km by 1 km square defined by the (X,Y) coordinates of its center point.
       The set of grid cells (the grid) describes the U.S. and its territories and provides the geographical
       basis of the RSEI model.
Version 2.1.2                                                                1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 9-19

-------
                                                   Chapter 9: Additional Information
hazard-based
       RSEI produces three main types of results: pounds-based, hazard-based, and risk-related.
       Hazard-based results can be calculated for any set of chemical releases and transfers included in
       the model, and consist of the pounds released multiplied by the chemical's toxicity weight.
       Hazard-based results do not include any exposure modeling or population estimates.

health endpoints
       An effect of exposure to a toxic chemical, such as carcinogenicity or reproductive toxicity.

Indicator Element
       The building block of the RSEI model. A unique combination of facility, chemical release, year,
       release pathway, and exposure pathway.  Each Indicator Element has a set of results associated
       with it. If the element cannot be modeled, then the score is zero; if there is no toxicity weight
       available, then the hazard-based results are also zero.

inhalation  unit risk
       The upper-bound excess lifetime cancer risk estimated to result from continuous exposure to an
       agent at a concentration of 1 |ig/m3 in air.

MCL
       Maximum Contaminant Level, the highest concentration allowed by the federal government in
       drinking water. MCLs are set using the best available treatment technology and taking cost into
       consideration.

media
       Path through which a chemical is released into the environment, such as direct water, POTW
       transfer, fugitive air, etc. See Table 9-2 for a full list of the media included in the RSEI model.

mini core
       Those chemicals and chemical categories which have been on the TRI List since 1995 and for
       which there have been no changes in reporting requirements.

mini trend
       A set of RSEI results for TRI reporting years 1995-2002.  In order for the results to be
       meaningful, the results only include mini core chemicals and original industries.
Version 2.1.2                                                               1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 9-20

-------
                                                    Chapter 9: Additional Information
modeled media
       The media for which full risk-related modeling is conducted in the RSEI model.  These media
       include the following:  1-Fugitive Air, 2-Stack Air, 3-Direct Water, 6-POTW Transfer, 750-
       Offsite Incineration/Thermal Treatment, and 754-Offsite Incineration (No fuel value).

modeled hazard
       The number of modeled pounds multiplied by the toxicity weight for the appropriate exposure
       pathway (e.g. inhalation toxicity weight for an air release).

modeled pounds
       Pounds reported by the facility that are modeled and accounted for in the risk score.  Reasons
       that pounds may not be modeled include gaps in toxicity data, data needed for exposure
       modeling, data for the releasing facility, or other data necessary for modeling.

normalization
       In the RSEI model, it is possible to express the results normalized to 1988, the first year of data
       collected by TRI.  Reported TRI pounds cannot be normalized.

off-site
       Off-site facilities (or receiving facilities) receive transfers of chemicals from TRI on-site (or
       reporting) facilities.  Types of off-site facilities include waste brokers, publicly-owned treatment
       works (POTWs), recycling facilities, landfills, and hazardous waste facilities. Transfers to off-
       site facilities are reported by the on-site facility transferring them.

on-site
       On-site facilities (also called reporting facilities) report directly to TRI, and include manufacturing
       facilities, metal  and coal mines, electric utilities, chemical waste facilities, chemical wholesalers,
       and petroleum bulk stations and terminals. Almost 50,000 on-site facilities have reported to TRI
       since reporting was required in 1988.

oral slope  factor
       The Oral Slope  Factor represents the upper-bound (approximating a 95% confidence limit)
       estimate of the slope of the dose-response curve in the low-dose region for carcinogens.  The
       units of the slope factor are usually expressed as (mg/kg-day) ~l.
Version 2.1.2                                                                1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                  9-21

-------
                                                    Chapter 9: Additional Information
original industries
       Those industries which were required to report to TRI beginning in Reporting Year 1988- SIC
       codes 20 through 39.

POTW
       Publicly-owned treatment works (POTWs) are public wastewater treatment facilities that
       receive wastewater, usually through a pipe system, from facilities using toxic chemicals. Because
       of the unique treatment system, POTWs are modeled separately from other off-site facilities.

pounds-based
       RSEI produces three main types of results: pounds-based, hazard-based, and risk-related.
       Pounds-based results are simply the amount of pounds released or transferred by TRI facilities.

reach
       A reach is an unbranched linear segment of a water body with fairly constant hydrological
       characteristics.  A reach can be part of a stream, creek, river, pond, or lake.

RfC
       The Reference Concentration is an estimate (with uncertainty spanning perhaps an order of
       magnitude) of  continuous inhalation exposure to the human population (including sensitive
       subgroups) that is likely to be without an appreciable risk of deleterious noncancer effects during
       a lifetime.

RfD
       The Reference Dose is an estimate (with uncertainty spanning perhaps an order of magnitude) of
       daily exposure [RfD] to the human population (including sensitive subgroups) that is likely to be
       without an appreciable risk of deleterious noncancer effects during a lifetime.

risk-related
       RSEI produces three main types of results: pounds-based, hazard-based, and risk-related.
       Risk-related results combine surrogate dose with toxicity weight and population estimate,
       producing a unitless value proportional to risk-related impact.  Risk-related results (or scores)
       are not independently meaningful and should only be used comparatively in relation to other
       model results.

RY
       The Reporting Year corresponds to the calendar year (January 1 to December 31) for which
       facilities report release and other waste management activities in their Form Rs.
Version 2.1.2                                                                1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 9-22

-------
                                                   Chapter 9: Additional Information
score
       A score is the numerical value in RSEI's risk-related results, combining surrogate dose, toxicity,
       and population estimates.  Scores are not independently meaningful and should only be used
       comparatively in relation to other model results.

SIC codes
       Standard Industrial Classification codes classify a business or facility according to its primary
       kind of activity, such as chemical manufacturing or electricity generation. Two-digit codes are
       the most general, four-digit codes are the most specific (although some unofficial  sources use
       codes up to eight digits); RSEI uses two-digit and four-digit codes.

stream path
       The course taken by a chemical release from its release point (an effluent pipe from a facility or
       POTW) to the point where it is no longer modeled (up to 200km).

surrogate dose
       A surrogate dose is specific to a combination of facility, chemical release, media,  release
       pathway and exposure pathway.  It is calculated in several steps.  First, exposure and release
       pathway-specific chemical release volumes are combined with physicochemical properties and
       site-specific characteristics in models to estimate an ambient concentration in the environmental
       medium of concern. The ambient media concentration is then combined with standard human
       exposure assumptions (for adults and children) to estimate the magnitude of the dose.

toxicity weight
       This weight is a proportional numerical weight applied to a chemical based on its toxicity. The
       toxicity of a chemical is assessed using EPA-established standard methodologies.  For each
       exposure route, chemicals are weighted based on their single, most sensitive adverse chronic
       human health effect (cancer or the most sensitive noncancer effect).  In the absence of data, the
       toxicity weight for one pathway is adopted for the other pathway. The range of toxicity weights
       is approximately 0.01 to 1,000,000.

trend
       Any set of RSEI results across two or more years.  The eRSEI interface allows users to
       automatically select the full trend (1988 through 2002), the mini trend (1995 through 2002) or a
       trend for 1998 through 2002.  Any  reports provided to the user through eRSEI or Easy RSEI
       automatically exclude reports for chemicals or industries for which reporting requirements have
       changed over the relevant time period.

Version 2.1.2                                                                1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 9-23

-------
                                                   Chapter 9: Additional Information
TRI
       The Toxics Release Inventory is a publicly-available EPA database that contains information on
       toxic chemical releases and other waste management activities reported annually by certain
       covered industry groups and federal facilities.  The RSEI model uses annually updated TRI data.

WOE
       Weight of evidence category. Based on the quality and adequacy of data on carcinogenicity,
       EPA places a chemical in one of the following five weight of evidence categories, as specified in
       51 FR 33996:
             A     Carcinogenic to humans
             B     Probable carcinogen
                    Bl     Indicates limited human evidence
                    B2     Indicates sufficient evidence in animals and inadequate or no evidence in
                           humans
             C     Possible carcinogen
             D     Not classifiable
             E     Evidence of non-carcinogenicity
Version 2.1.2                                                               1988-2002 TRI data
August 2004                                 9-24

-------